generic_file_aio_write_nolock() is now used only by block devices and raw
character device. Filesystems should use __generic_file_aio_write() in case
generic_file_aio_write() doesn't suit them. So rename the function to
blkdev_aio_write() and move it to fs/blockdev.c.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Rename __generic_file_aio_write_nolock() to __generic_file_aio_write(), add
comments to write helpers explaining how they should be used and export
__generic_file_aio_write() since it will be used by some filesystems.
CC: ocfs2-devel@oss.oracle.com
CC: Joel Becker <joel.becker@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
This simple helper saves some filesystems conversion from byte offset
to page numbers and also makes the fdata* interface more complete.
Reviewed-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
* 'x86-percpu-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip:
x86, percpu: Collect hot percpu variables into one cacheline
x86, percpu: Fix DECLARE/DEFINE_PER_CPU_PAGE_ALIGNED()
x86, percpu: Add 'percpu_read_stable()' interface for cacheable accesses
Some of the generated functions used in the TRACE_EVENT macros are
not declared static, but they are not global.
Discovered by sparse.
Reported-by: Jaswinder Singh Rajput <jaswinder@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
blk_ioctl_discard duplicates large amounts of code from blkdev_issue_discard,
the only difference between the two is that blkdev_issue_discard needs to
send a barrier discard request and blk_ioctl_discard a non-barrier one,
and blk_ioctl_discard needs to wait on the request. To facilitates this
add a flags argument to blkdev_issue_discard to control both aspects of the
behaviour. This will be very useful later on for using the waiting
funcitonality for other callers.
Based on an earlier patch from Matthew Wilcox <matthew@wil.cx>.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
The commands are conceptually writes, and in the case of IDE and SCSI
commands actually are writes. They were only reads because we thought
that would interact better with the elevators. Now the elevators know
about discard requests, that advantage no longer exists.
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <willy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Implement blk_limits_io_opt() and make blk_queue_io_opt() a wrapper
around it. DM needs this to avoid poking at the queue_limits directly.
Signed-off-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Snitzer <snitzer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Currently, there is a single in_flight counter measuring the number of
requests in the request_queue. But some monitoring tools would like to
know how many read requests and write requests are in progress. Split the
current in_flight counter into two seperate counters for read and write.
This information is exported as a sysfs attribute, as changing the
currently available stat files would break the existing tools.
Signed-off-by: Nikanth Karthikesan <knikanth@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
__validate_process_creds should check if selinux is actually enabled before
running tests on the selinux portion of the credentials struct.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
[sunrpc: change idle timeout value for the backchannel]
Signed-off-by: Alexandros Batsakis <batsakis@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Acked-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
This allows more precise tracking of how the scheduler accounts
(and acts upon) a task having spent N nanoseconds of CPU time.
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
LKML-Reference: <new-submission>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This patch increases the max string used by predicates to
handle KSYM_SYMBOL_LEN.
Also moves an include to look nicer.
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
__start_mcount_loc[] is unused after init, yet occupies RAM forever
as part of .rodata. 152kiB is typical on a 64-bit architecture. Instead,
__start_mcount_loc should be in the interval [__init_begin, __init_end)
so that the space is reclaimed after init.
__start_mcount_loc[] is generated during the load portion
of kernel build, and is used only by ftrace_init(). ftrace_init is declared
'__init' and is in .init.text, which is freed after init.
__start_mcount_loc is placed into .rodata by a call to MCOUNT_REC inside
the RO_DATA macro of include/asm-generic/vmlinux.lds.h. The array *is*
read-only, but more importantly it is not used after init. So the call to
MCOUNT_REC should be moved from RO_DATA to INIT_DATA.
This patch has been tested on x86_64 with CONFIG_DEBUG_PAGEALLOC=y
which verifies that the address range never is accessed after init.
Signed-off-by: John Reiser <jreiser@BitWagon.com>
LKML-Reference: <4A6DF0B6.7080402@bitwagon.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Booting 2.6.31 and executing
echo 1 >/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/enable
leads to
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at (null)
IP: [<c032a583>] ftrace_raw_event_block_bio_bounce+0x4b/0xb9
Apparently,
bio = bio_map_user(q, NULL, uaddr, len, reading, gfp_mask);
is called in block/blk-map.c:58 where bio->bi_bdev in set to NULL and
still is NULL when an attempt is made to evaluate bio->bi_bdev->bd_dev
in include/trace/events/block.h:189.
The tracepoint should ensure bio->bi_bdev is not dereferenced, if NULL.
Signed-off-by: Carsten Emde <C.Emde@osadl.org>
LKML-Reference: <4AAAC9B1.9060505@osadl.org>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
V4L2_FMT_FLAG_EMULATED 0x0002 This format is not native to the device but
emulated through software (usually libv4l2), where possible try to use a
native format instead for better performance.
Signed-off-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Currently, V4L uses a scancode table whose index is the scancode and
the value is the keycode. While this works, it has some drawbacks:
1) It requires that the scancode to be at the range 00-7f;
2) keycodes should be masked on 7 bits in order for it to work;
3) due to the 7 bits approach, sometimes it is not possible to replace
the default keyboard to another one with a different encoding rule;
4) it is different than what is done with dvb-usb approach;
5) it requires a typedef for it to work. This is not a recommended
Linux CodingStyle.
This patch is part of a larger series of IR changes. It basically
replaces the IR_KEYTAB_TYPE tables by a structured table:
struct ir_scancode {
u16 scancode;
u32 keycode;
};
This is very close to what dvb does. So, a further integration with DVB
code will be easy.
While we've changed the tables, for now, the IR keycode handling is still
based on the old approach.
The only notable effect is the redution of about 35% of the ir-common
module size:
text data bss dec hex filename
6721 29208 4 35933 8c5d old/ir-common.ko
5756 18040 4 23800 5cf8 new/ir-common.ko
In thesis, we could be using above u8 for scancode, reducing even more the size
of the module, but defining it as u16 is more convenient, since, on dvb, each
scancode has up to 16 bits, and we currently have a few troubles with rc5, as their
scancodes are defined with more than 8 bits.
This patch itself shouldn't be doing any functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
[mchehab@redhat.com: Fix a few wrong IR keymaps]
Signed-off-by: Shine Liu <shinel@foxmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
This patch adds files to control si4713 devices.
Internal functions to control device properties
and initialization procedures are into these files.
Also, a v4l2 subdev interface is also exported.
This way other drivers can use this as v4l2 i2c subdevice.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Valentin <eduardo.valentin@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
This patch adds files which creates the radio interface
for si4713 FM transmitter (modulator) devices.
In order to do the real access to device registers, this
driver uses the v4l2 subdev interface exported by si4713 i2c driver.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Valentin <eduardo.valentin@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
This patch adds a new class of extended controls. This class
is intended to support FM Radio Modulators properties such as:
rds, audio limiters, audio compression, pilot tone generation,
tuning power levels and preemphasis properties.
Signed-off-by: Eduardo Valentin <eduardo.valentin@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
The upcoming RDS encoder needs support for string controls. This patch
implements the core implementation.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Add support for the remote control that comes with the Cinergy Hybrid T USB XS
Thanks to Jelle de Jong for providing sample hardware to test with.
Cc: Jelle de Jong <jelledejong@powercraft.nl>
Signed-off-by: Devin Heitmueller <dheitmueller@linuxtv.org>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
This patch augments the init data passed by bridge drivers to
ir-kbd-i2c, so that the ir_type can be set explicitly, and so
ir-kbd-i2c internal get_key functions can be reused without
requiring symbols from ir-kbd-i2c in the bridge driver.
Signed-off-by: Andy Walls <awalls@radix.net>
Reviewed-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Signed-off-by: Douglas Schilling Landgraf <dougsland@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Add capabilities to describe an FM transmitter device.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
DMX_ADD_PID allows to add multiple PIDs to a transport stream filter
previously set up with DMX_SET_PES_FILTER and output=DMX_OUT_TSDEMUX_TAP.
DMX_REMOVE_PID is used to drop a PID from a filter.
These ioctls are to be used by readers of /dev/dvb/adapterX/demuxY. They
may be called at any time, i.e. before or after the first filter on the
shared file descriptor was started.
They make it possible to record multiple services without the need to de-
or re-multiplex TS packets.
To accomplish this, dmxdev_filter->feed.ts has been converted to a list
of struct dmxdev_feeds, each containing a PID value and a pointer to a
struct dmx_ts_feed.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Oberritter <obi@linuxtv.org>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
To make UVC constants accessible by a future UVC gadget driver, move them from
drivers/media/video/uvc/uvcvideo.h to include/linux/usb/video.h.
Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
With the changes this file suffered along the time, things got a little disorganized.
In particular, V4L2_PIX_FMT_YVYU were shown as a device-specific format, instead of
yet another variant of YUV.
There's no functional change on this patch. It just adds some comments and reorder
fourcc formats to their proper places.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
bnx2i currently has a check for if a ep is properly bound, so if
iscsi_queuecommand/xmit_task is called while there is no ep
we will not queue IO.
be2iscsi sends IO from queuecommand/xmit_task like how bnx2i does
and needs a similar test. This patch has us just use the suspend_bit
test for this.
When ep_poll has succeeed iscsid will call conn_bind, the LLD will
then call iscsi_conn_bind which will clear the suspend bit.
When ep_disconnect is called (or if there is a conn error) we set
the suspend bit. For the ep_disconnect case I am adding a helper
in this patch that will take the session lock to make sure
iscsi_queuecommand/xmit_task is not running and it will set
the suspend bit.
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: Jayamohan Kallickal <jayamohank@serverengines.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
beiscsi does not need the iscsi scsi cmd processing. It does not
even get this info on the completion path. This adds a function
to just update the sequencing numbers and complete a task.
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: Jayamohan Kallickal <jayamohank@serverengines.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
fw_card_get, fw_card_put, fw_card_release are currently not exported for
use outside the firewire-core. Move their definitions/ declarations
from the subsystem header file to the core header file.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
This moves the primecell vendor enum definition inside vic.c
out to linux/amba/bus.h where it belongs and replace any
occurances of specific vendor ID:s with the respective enums
instead.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
* git://git.linux-nfs.org/projects/trondmy/nfs-2.6: (87 commits)
NFSv4: Disallow 'mount -t nfs4 -overs=2' and 'mount -t nfs4 -overs=3'
NFS: Allow the "nfs" file system type to support NFSv4
NFS: Move details of nfs4_get_sb() to a helper
NFS: Refactor NFSv4 text-based mount option validation
NFS: Mount option parser should detect missing "port="
NFS: out of date comment regarding O_EXCL above nfs3_proc_create()
NFS: Handle a zero-length auth flavor list
SUNRPC: Ensure that sunrpc gets initialised before nfs, lockd, etc...
nfs: fix compile error in rpc_pipefs.h
nfs: Remove reference to generic_osync_inode from a comment
SUNRPC: cache must take a reference to the cache detail's module on open()
NFS: Use the DNS resolver in the mount code.
NFS: Add a dns resolver for use with NFSv4 referrals and migration
SUNRPC: Fix a typo in cache_pipefs_files
nfs: nfs4xdr: optimize low level decoding
nfs: nfs4xdr: get rid of READ_BUF
nfs: nfs4xdr: simplify decode_exchange_id by reusing decode_opaque_inline
nfs: nfs4xdr: get rid of COPYMEM
nfs: nfs4xdr: introduce decode_sessionid helper
nfs: nfs4xdr: introduce decode_verifier helper
...
* 'upstream-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jgarzik/libata-dev: (25 commits)
pata_rz1000: use printk_once
ahci: kill @force_restart and refine CLO for ahci_kick_engine()
pata_cs5535: add pci id for AMD based CS5535 controllers
ahci: Add AMD SB900 SATA/IDE controller device IDs
drivers/ata: use resource_size
sata_fsl: Defer non-ncq commands when ncq commands active
libata: add SATA PMP revision information for spec 1.2
libata: fix off-by-one error in ata_tf_read_block()
ahci: Gigabyte GA-MA69VM-S2 can't do 64bit DMA
ahci: make ahci_asus_m2a_vm_32bit_only() quirk more generic
dmi: extend dmi_get_year() to dmi_get_date()
dmi: fix date handling in dmi_get_year()
libata: unbreak TPM filtering by reorganizing ata_scsi_pass_thru()
sata_sis: convert to slave_link
sata_sil24: always set protocol override for non-ATAPI data commands
libata: Export AHCI capabilities
libata: Delegate nonrot flag setting to SCSI
[libata] Add pata_rdc driver for RDC ATA devices
drivers/ata: Remove unnecessary semicolons
libata: remove spindown skipping and warning
...
* 'tracing-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip: (105 commits)
ring-buffer: only enable ring_buffer_swap_cpu when needed
ring-buffer: check for swapped buffers in start of committing
tracing: report error in trace if we fail to swap latency buffer
tracing: add trace_array_printk for internal tracers to use
tracing: pass around ring buffer instead of tracer
tracing: make tracing_reset safe for external use
tracing: use timestamp to determine start of latency traces
tracing: Remove mentioning of legacy latency_trace file from documentation
tracing/filters: Defer pred allocation, fix memory leak
tracing: remove users of tracing_reset
tracing: disable buffers and synchronize_sched before resetting
tracing: disable update max tracer while reading trace
tracing: print out start and stop in latency traces
ring-buffer: disable all cpu buffers when one finds a problem
ring-buffer: do not count discarded events
ring-buffer: remove ring_buffer_event_discard
ring-buffer: fix ring_buffer_read crossing pages
ring-buffer: remove unnecessary cpu_relax
ring-buffer: do not swap buffers during a commit
ring-buffer: do not reset while in a commit
...
* 'sched-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip: (64 commits)
sched: Fix sched::sched_stat_wait tracepoint field
sched: Disable NEW_FAIR_SLEEPERS for now
sched: Keep kthreads at default priority
sched: Re-tune the scheduler latency defaults to decrease worst-case latencies
sched: Turn off child_runs_first
sched: Ensure that a child can't gain time over it's parent after fork()
sched: enable SD_WAKE_IDLE
sched: Deal with low-load in wake_affine()
sched: Remove short cut from select_task_rq_fair()
sched: Turn on SD_BALANCE_NEWIDLE
sched: Clean up topology.h
sched: Fix dynamic power-balancing crash
sched: Remove reciprocal for cpu_power
sched: Try to deal with low capacity, fix update_sd_power_savings_stats()
sched: Try to deal with low capacity
sched: Scale down cpu_power due to RT tasks
sched: Implement dynamic cpu_power
sched: Add smt_gain
sched: Update the cpu_power sum during load-balance
sched: Add SD_PREFER_SIBLING
...
* 'perfcounters-core-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip: (60 commits)
perf tools: Avoid unnecessary work in directory lookups
perf stat: Clean up statistics calculations a bit more
perf stat: More advanced variance computation
perf stat: Use stddev_mean in stead of stddev
perf stat: Remove the limit on repeat
perf stat: Change noise calculation to use stddev
x86, perf_counter, bts: Do not allow kernel BTS tracing for now
x86, perf_counter, bts: Correct pointer-to-u64 casts
x86, perf_counter, bts: Fail if BTS is not available
perf_counter: Fix output-sharing error path
perf trace: Fix read_string()
perf trace: Print out in nanoseconds
perf tools: Seek to the end of the header area
perf trace: Fix parsing of perf.data
perf trace: Sample timestamps as well
perf_counter: Introduce new (non-)paranoia level to allow raw tracepoint access
perf trace: Sample the CPU too
perf tools: Work around strict aliasing related warnings
perf tools: Clean up warnings list in the Makefile
perf tools: Complete support for dynamic strings
...
* 'irq-threaded-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip:
genirq: Do not mask oneshot edge type interrupts
genirq: Support nested threaded irq handling
genirq: Add buslock support
genirq: Add oneshot support
* 'core-rcu-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip: (28 commits)
rcu: Move end of special early-boot RCU operation earlier
rcu: Changes from reviews: avoid casts, fix/add warnings, improve comments
rcu: Create rcutree plugins to handle hotplug CPU for multi-level trees
rcu: Remove lockdep annotations from RCU's _notrace() API members
rcu: Add #ifdef to suppress __rcu_offline_cpu() warning in !HOTPLUG_CPU builds
rcu: Add CPU-offline processing for single-node configurations
rcu: Add "notrace" to RCU function headers used by ftrace
rcu: Remove CONFIG_PREEMPT_RCU
rcu: Merge preemptable-RCU functionality into hierarchical RCU
rcu: Simplify rcu_pending()/rcu_check_callbacks() API
rcu: Use debugfs_remove_recursive() simplify code.
rcu: Merge per-RCU-flavor initialization into pre-existing macro
rcu: Fix online/offline indication for rcudata.csv trace file
rcu: Consolidate sparse and lockdep declarations in include/linux/rcupdate.h
rcu: Renamings to increase RCU clarity
rcu: Move private definitions from include/linux/rcutree.h to kernel/rcutree.h
rcu: Expunge lingering references to CONFIG_CLASSIC_RCU, optimize on !SMP
rcu: Delay rcu_barrier() wait until beginning of next CPU-hotunplug operation.
rcu: Fix typo in rcu_irq_exit() comment header
rcu: Make rcupreempt_trace.c look at offline CPUs
...
* 'core-iommu-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip: (59 commits)
x86/gart: Do not select AGP for GART_IOMMU
x86/amd-iommu: Initialize passthrough mode when requested
x86/amd-iommu: Don't detach device from pt domain on driver unbind
x86/amd-iommu: Make sure a device is assigned in passthrough mode
x86/amd-iommu: Align locking between attach_device and detach_device
x86/amd-iommu: Fix device table write order
x86/amd-iommu: Add passthrough mode initialization functions
x86/amd-iommu: Add core functions for pd allocation/freeing
x86/dma: Mark iommu_pass_through as __read_mostly
x86/amd-iommu: Change iommu_map_page to support multiple page sizes
x86/amd-iommu: Support higher level PTEs in iommu_page_unmap
x86/amd-iommu: Remove old page table handling macros
x86/amd-iommu: Use 2-level page tables for dma_ops domains
x86/amd-iommu: Remove bus_addr check in iommu_map_page
x86/amd-iommu: Remove last usages of IOMMU_PTE_L0_INDEX
x86/amd-iommu: Change alloc_pte to support 64 bit address space
x86/amd-iommu: Introduce increase_address_space function
x86/amd-iommu: Flush domains if address space size was increased
x86/amd-iommu: Introduce set_dte_entry function
x86/amd-iommu: Add a gneric version of amd_iommu_flush_all_devices
...
In some cases, the network device driver knows what layer-3 address the
device should have. This adds support for the Phonet stack to
automatically request from the driver and add that address to the
network device.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add IFA_F_DADFAILED flag to denote an IPv6 address that has
failed Duplicate Address Detection, that way tools like
/sbin/ip can be more informative.
3: eth0: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qlen 1000
inet6 2001:db8::1/64 scope global tentative dadfailed
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
Signed-off-by: Brian Haley <brian.haley@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Ethernet framing is used for a lot of devices these days. Most
prominent are WiFi and WiMAX based devices. However for userspace
application it is important to classify these devices correctly and
not only see them as Ethernet devices. The daemons like HAL, DeviceKit
or even NetworkManager with udev support tries to do the classification
in userspace with a lot trickery and extra system calls. This is not
good and actually reaches its limitations. Especially since the kernel
does know the type of the Ethernet device it is pretty stupid.
To solve this problem the underlying device type needs to be set and
then the value will be exported as DEVTYPE via uevents and available
within udev.
# cat /sys/class/net/wlan0/uevent
DEVTYPE=wlan
INTERFACE=wlan0
IFINDEX=5
This is similar to subsystems like USB and SCSI that distinguish
between hosts, devices, disks, partitions etc.
The new SET_NETDEV_DEVTYPE() is a convenience helper to set the actual
device type. All device types are free form, but for convenience the
same strings as used with RFKILL are choosen.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When the call direction is a reply, copy the xid and call direction into the
req->rq_private_buf.head[0].iov_base otherwise rpc_verify_header returns
rpc_garbage.
Signed-off-by: Rahul Iyer <iyer@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Sager <sager@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Eshel <eshel@almaden.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[get rid of CONFIG_NFSD_V4_1]
[sunrpc: refactoring of svc_tcp_recvfrom]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: create common send routine for the fore and the back channels]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: Use free_page() to free server backchannel pages]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: Document server backchannel locking]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: remove bc_connect_worker()]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: Define xprt_server_backchannel()[
[nfsd41: sunrpc: remove bc_close and bc_init_auto_disconnect dummy functions]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: eliminate unneeded switch statement in xs_setup_tcp()]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: Don't auto close the server backchannel connection]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: Remove unused functions]
Signed-off-by: Alexandros Batsakis <batsakis@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Labiaga <Ricardo.Labiaga@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[nfsd41: change bc_sock to bc_xprt]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: move struct rpc_buffer def into a common header file]
[nfsd41: sunrpc: use rpc_sleep in bc_send_request so not to block on mutex]
[removed cosmetic changes]
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
[sunrpc: add new xprt class for nfsv4.1 backchannel]
[sunrpc: v2.1 change handling of auto_close and init_auto_disconnect operations for the nfsv4.1 backchannel]
Signed-off-by: Alexandros Batsakis <batsakis@netapp.com>
[reverted more cosmetic leftovers]
[got rid of xprt_server_backchannel]
[separated "nfsd41: sunrpc: add new xprt class for nfsv4.1 backchannel"]
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Cc: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@netapp.com>
[sunrpc: change idle timeout value for the backchannel]
Signed-off-by: Alexandros Batsakis <batsakis@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Acked-by: Trond Myklebust <trond.myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/herbert/crypto-2.6: (102 commits)
crypto: sha-s390 - Fix warnings in import function
crypto: vmac - New hash algorithm for intel_txt support
crypto: api - Do not displace newly registered algorithms
crypto: ansi_cprng - Fix module initialization
crypto: xcbc - Fix alignment calculation of xcbc_tfm_ctx
crypto: fips - Depend on ansi_cprng
crypto: blkcipher - Do not use eseqiv on stream ciphers
crypto: ctr - Use chainiv on raw counter mode
Revert crypto: fips - Select CPRNG
crypto: rng - Fix typo
crypto: talitos - add support for 36 bit addressing
crypto: talitos - align locks on cache lines
crypto: talitos - simplify hmac data size calculation
crypto: mv_cesa - Add support for Orion5X crypto engine
crypto: cryptd - Add support to access underlaying shash
crypto: gcm - Use GHASH digest algorithm
crypto: ghash - Add GHASH digest algorithm for GCM
crypto: authenc - Convert to ahash
crypto: api - Fix aligned ctx helper
crypto: hmac - Prehash ipad/opad
...
* 'writeback' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-2.6-block:
writeback: check for registered bdi in flusher add and inode dirty
writeback: add name to backing_dev_info
writeback: add some debug inode list counters to bdi stats
writeback: get rid of pdflush completely
writeback: switch to per-bdi threads for flushing data
writeback: move dirty inodes from super_block to backing_dev_info
writeback: get rid of generic_sync_sb_inodes() export
Add ID 99 for PXA3xx frame buffers and report it in the pxa frame buffer
conditionally, depending on a new flag in struct pxafb_mach_info.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
Cc: linux-fbdev-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: Dennis Oliver Kropp <dok@directfb.org>
Cc: Sven Neumann <s.neumann@raumfeld.com>
Cc: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Eric Miao <eric.y.miao@gmail.com>
* 'kmemleak' of git://linux-arm.org/linux-2.6:
kmemleak: Improve the "Early log buffer exceeded" error message
kmemleak: fix sparse warning for static declarations
kmemleak: fix sparse warning over overshadowed flags
kmemleak: move common painting code together
kmemleak: add clear command support
kmemleak: use bool for true/false questions
kmemleak: Do no create the clean-up thread during kmemleak_disable()
kmemleak: Scan all thread stacks
kmemleak: Don't scan uninitialized memory when kmemcheck is enabled
kmemleak: Ignore the aperture memory hole on x86_64
kmemleak: Printing of the objects hex dump
kmemleak: Do not report alloc_bootmem blocks as leaks
kmemleak: Save the stack trace for early allocations
kmemleak: Mark the early log buffer as __initdata
kmemleak: Dump object information on request
kmemleak: Allow rescheduling during an object scanning
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jmorris/security-testing-2.6: (57 commits)
binfmt_elf: fix PT_INTERP bss handling
TPM: Fixup boot probe timeout for tpm_tis driver
sysfs: Add labeling support for sysfs
LSM/SELinux: inode_{get,set,notify}secctx hooks to access LSM security context information.
VFS: Factor out part of vfs_setxattr so it can be called from the SELinux hook for inode_setsecctx.
KEYS: Add missing linux/tracehook.h #inclusions
KEYS: Fix default security_session_to_parent()
Security/SELinux: includecheck fix kernel/sysctl.c
KEYS: security_cred_alloc_blank() should return int under all circumstances
IMA: open new file for read
KEYS: Add a keyctl to install a process's session keyring on its parent [try #6]
KEYS: Extend TIF_NOTIFY_RESUME to (almost) all architectures [try #6]
KEYS: Do some whitespace cleanups [try #6]
KEYS: Make /proc/keys use keyid not numread as file position [try #6]
KEYS: Add garbage collection for dead, revoked and expired keys. [try #6]
KEYS: Flag dead keys to induce EKEYREVOKED [try #6]
KEYS: Allow keyctl_revoke() on keys that have SETATTR but not WRITE perm [try #6]
KEYS: Deal with dead-type keys appropriately [try #6]
CRED: Add some configurable debugging [try #6]
selinux: Support for the new TUN LSM hooks
...
BIOS clear DMAR table INTR_REMAP flag to disable interrupt remapping. Current
kernel only check interrupt remapping(IR) flag in DRHD's extended capability
register to decide interrupt remapping support or not. But IR flag will not
change when BIOS disable/enable interrupt remapping.
When user disable interrupt remapping in BIOS or BIOS often defaultly disable
interrupt remapping feature when BIOS is not mature.Though BIOS disable
interrupt remapping but intr_remapping_supported function will always report
to OS support interrupt remapping if VT-d2 chipset populated. On this
cases, kernel will continue enable interrupt remapping and result kernel panic.
This bug exist on almost all platforms with interrupt remapping support.
This patch add DMAR table INTR_REMAP flag check before enable interrupt
remapping.
Signed-off-by: Youquan Song <youquan.song@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
The userstack trace required the recording of the tgid entry.
Unfortunately, it was added to the generic entry where it wasted
4 bytes of every entry and was only used by one entry.
This patch moves it out of the generic field and moves it into the
only user (userstack_entry).
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Test results here look good, and on big OLTP runs it has also shown
to significantly increase cycles attributed to the database and
cause a performance boost.
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
This borrows some code from NAPI and implements a polled completion
mode for block devices. The idea is the same as NAPI - instead of
doing the command completion when the irq occurs, schedule a dedicated
softirq in the hopes that we will complete more IO when the iopoll
handler is invoked. Devices have a budget of commands assigned, and will
stay in polled mode as long as they continue to consume their budget
from the iopoll softirq handler. If they do not, the device is set back
to interrupt completion mode.
This patch holds the core bits for blk-iopoll, device driver support
sold separately.
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Instead of just checking whether this device uses block layer
tagging, we can improve the detection by looking at the maximum
queue depth it has reached. If that crosses 4, then deem it a
queuing device.
This is important on high IOPS devices, since plugging hurts
the performance there (it can be as much as 10-15% of the sys
time).
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Get rid of any functions that test for these bits and make callers
use bio_rw_flagged() directly. Then it is at least directly apparent
what variable and flag they check.
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Failfast has characteristics from other attributes. When issuing,
executing and successuflly completing requests, failfast doesn't make
any difference. It only affects how a request is handled on failure.
Allowing requests with different failfast settings to be merged cause
normal IOs to fail prematurely while not allowing has performance
penalties as failfast is used for read aheads which are likely to be
located near in-flight or to-be-issued normal IOs.
This patch introduces the concept of 'mixed merge'. A request is a
mixed merge if it is merge of segments which require different
handling on failure. Currently the only mixable attributes are
failfast ones (or lack thereof).
When a bio with different failfast settings is added to an existing
request or requests of different failfast settings are merged, the
merged request is marked mixed. Each bio carries failfast settings
and the request always tracks failfast state of the first bio. When
the request fails, blk_rq_err_bytes() can be used to determine how
many bytes can be safely failed without crossing into an area which
requires further retrials.
This allows request merging regardless of failfast settings while
keeping the failure handling correct.
This patch only implements mixed merge but doesn't enable it. The
next one will update SCSI to make use of mixed merge.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Niel Lambrechts <niel.lambrechts@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
bio and request use the same set of failfast bits. This patch makes
the following changes to simplify things.
* enumify BIO_RW* bits and reorder bits such that BIOS_RW_FAILFAST_*
bits coincide with __REQ_FAILFAST_* bits.
* The above pushes BIO_RW_AHEAD out of sync with __REQ_FAILFAST_DEV
but the matching is useless anyway. init_request_from_bio() is
responsible for setting FAILFAST bits on FS requests and non-FS
requests never use BIO_RW_AHEAD. Drop the code and comment from
blk_rq_bio_prep().
* Define REQ_FAILFAST_MASK which is OR of all FAILFAST bits and
simplify FAILFAST flags handling in init_request_from_bio().
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Also a debugging aid. We want to catch dirty inodes being added to
backing devices that don't do writeback.
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
This enables us to track who does what and print info. Its main use
is catching dirty inodes on the default_backing_dev_info, so we can
fix that up.
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
This gets rid of pdflush for bdi writeout and kupdated style cleaning.
pdflush writeout suffers from lack of locality and also requires more
threads to handle the same workload, since it has to work in a
non-blocking fashion against each queue. This also introduces lumpy
behaviour and potential request starvation, since pdflush can be starved
for queue access if others are accessing it. A sample ffsb workload that
does random writes to files is about 8% faster here on a simple SATA drive
during the benchmark phase. File layout also seems a LOT more smooth in
vmstat:
r b swpd free buff cache si so bi bo in cs us sy id wa
0 1 0 608848 2652 375372 0 0 0 71024 604 24 1 10 48 42
0 1 0 549644 2712 433736 0 0 0 60692 505 27 1 8 48 44
1 0 0 476928 2784 505192 0 0 4 29540 553 24 0 9 53 37
0 1 0 457972 2808 524008 0 0 0 54876 331 16 0 4 38 58
0 1 0 366128 2928 614284 0 0 4 92168 710 58 0 13 53 34
0 1 0 295092 3000 684140 0 0 0 62924 572 23 0 9 53 37
0 1 0 236592 3064 741704 0 0 4 58256 523 17 0 8 48 44
0 1 0 165608 3132 811464 0 0 0 57460 560 21 0 8 54 38
0 1 0 102952 3200 873164 0 0 4 74748 540 29 1 10 48 41
0 1 0 48604 3252 926472 0 0 0 53248 469 29 0 7 47 45
where vanilla tends to fluctuate a lot in the creation phase:
r b swpd free buff cache si so bi bo in cs us sy id wa
1 1 0 678716 5792 303380 0 0 0 74064 565 50 1 11 52 36
1 0 0 662488 5864 319396 0 0 4 352 302 329 0 2 47 51
0 1 0 599312 5924 381468 0 0 0 78164 516 55 0 9 51 40
0 1 0 519952 6008 459516 0 0 4 78156 622 56 1 11 52 37
1 1 0 436640 6092 541632 0 0 0 82244 622 54 0 11 48 41
0 1 0 436640 6092 541660 0 0 0 8 152 39 0 0 51 49
0 1 0 332224 6200 644252 0 0 4 102800 728 46 1 13 49 36
1 0 0 274492 6260 701056 0 0 4 12328 459 49 0 7 50 43
0 1 0 211220 6324 763356 0 0 0 106940 515 37 1 10 51 39
1 0 0 160412 6376 813468 0 0 0 8224 415 43 0 6 49 45
1 1 0 85980 6452 886556 0 0 4 113516 575 39 1 11 54 34
0 2 0 85968 6452 886620 0 0 0 1640 158 211 0 0 46 54
A 10 disk test with btrfs performs 26% faster with per-bdi flushing. A
SSD based writeback test on XFS performs over 20% better as well, with
the throughput being very stable around 1GB/sec, where pdflush only
manages 750MB/sec and fluctuates wildly while doing so. Random buffered
writes to many files behave a lot better as well, as does random mmap'ed
writes.
A separate thread is added to sync the super blocks. In the long term,
adding sync_supers_bdi() functionality could get rid of this thread again.
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
This is a first step at introducing per-bdi flusher threads. We should
have no change in behaviour, although sb_has_dirty_inodes() is now
ridiculously expensive, as there's no easy way to answer that question.
Not a huge problem, since it'll be deleted in subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
This adds two new exported functions:
- writeback_inodes_sb(), which only attempts to writeback dirty inodes on
this super_block, for WB_SYNC_NONE writeout.
- sync_inodes_sb(), which writes out all dirty inodes on this super_block
and also waits for the IO to complete.
Acked-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
Some drivers need to know when a lid event occurs and get the current
status. This can be useful for when a platform firmware clobbers some
hardware state at lid time, and a driver needs to restore things when
the lid is opened again.
Acked-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@srcf.ucam.org>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Anholt <eric@anholt.net>
When an RSCN indicates changes to individual remote ports,
don't blindly log them out and then back in. Instead, determine
whether they're still in the directory, by doing GPN_ID.
If that is successful, call login, which will send ADISC and reverify,
otherwise, call logoff. Perhaps we should just delete the rport,
not send LOGO, but it seems safer.
Also, fix a possible issue where if a mix of records in the RSCN
cause us to queue disc_ports for disc_single and then we decide
to do full rediscovery, we leak memory for those disc_ports queued.
So, go through the list of disc_ports even if doing full discovery.
Free the disc_ports in any case. If any of the disc_single() calls
return error, do a full discovery.
The ability to fill in GPN_ID requests was added to fc_ct_fill().
For this, it needs the FC_ID to be passed in as an arg.
The did parameter for fc_elsct_send() is used for that, since the
actual D_DID will always be 0xfffffc for all CT requests so far.
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
When rport_login is called on an rport that is already thought
to be logged in, use ADISC. If that fails, redo PLOGI.
This is less disruptive after fabric changes that don't affect
the state of the target.
Implement the sending of ADISC via fc_els_fill.
Add ADISC state to the rport state machine. This is entered from READY
and returns to READY after successful completion. If it fails, the rport
is either logged off and deleted or re-does PLOGI.
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
Improve lport and rport debug messages to indicate whether
the response is LS_ACC, LS_RJT, closed, or timeout.
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
This moves the remote port lookup for incoming ELS requests into
fc_rport.c, in preparation for handing PLOGI and LOGO from
unknown rports.
This changes the arg to rport_recv_req from an rdata to an lport.
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
Currently these values are initialized by the callers. This was exposed
by a later patch that adds PLOGI request support. The patch failed to
initialize the new remote port's roles and it caused problems. This patch
has the rport_create routine initialize the identifiers and then the
callers can override them with real values.
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
On some switches, an empty zone causes GPN_FT to be rejected
with reason 9 (unable) explanation 7 (FC-4 types not registered),
which causes discovery to be retried endlessly. Treat this as
just an empty response and consider discovery complete.
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
When receiving an RSCN, do not log off all rports. This is
extremely disruptive. If, after the GPN_FT response, some
rports haven't been listed, delete them.
Add field disc_id to structs fc_rport_priv and fc_disc.
disc_id is an arbitrary serial number used to identify the
rports found by the latest discovery. This eliminates the need
to go through the rport list when restarting discovery.
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
Delete unused disc->delay element.
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
There was no need to have the discovery status stored in struct fc_disc.
Change fc_disc_done() to take the discovery status as an argument
and just pass it on to the discovery callback.
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
Don't create a "dummy" remote port to go with fc_rport_priv.
Make the rport truly optional by allocating fc_rport_priv separately
and not requiring a dummy rport to be there if we haven't yet done
fc_remote_port_add().
The fc_rport_libfc_priv remains as a structure attached to the
rport for I/O purposes.
Be sure to hold references on rdata when the lock is dropped in
fc_rport_work().
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
Remote ports will become READY more than once after
ADISC is implemented in a later patch.
The event callback that has been called "CREATED" will mean "READY".
Rename it now in preparation for those changes.
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
Allow a struct fc_rport_priv to have no fc_rport associated with it.
This sets up to remove the need for "rogue" rports.
Add a few fields to fc_rport_priv that are needed before the fc_rport
is created. These are the ids, maxframe_size, classes, and rport pointer.
Remove the macro PRIV_TO_RPORT(). Just use rdata->rport where appropriate.
To take the place of the get_device()/put_device ops that were used to
hold both the rport and rdata, add a reference count to rdata structures
using kref. When kref_get decrements the refcount to zero, a new template
function releasing the rdata should be called. This will take care of
freeing the rdata and releasing the hold on the rport (for now). After
subsequent patches make the rport truly optional, this release function
will simply free the rdata.
Remove the simple inline function fc_rport_set_name(), which becomes
semanticly ambiguous otherwise. The caller will set the port_name and
node_name in the rdata->Ids, which will later be copied to the rport
when it its created.
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
tt.elsct_send is used by both FCP and by the rport state machine.
After further patches, these two modules will use different
structures for the remote port.
So, change elsct_send to use the FC_ID instead of the fc_rport_priv
as its argument. It currently only uses the FC_ID anyway.
For CT requests the destination FC_ID is still implicitly 0xfffffc.
After further patches the did arg on CT requests will be used to
specify the FC_ID being inquired about for GPN_ID or other queries.
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
The rport and discovery modules deal with remote ports
before fc_remote_port_add() can be done, because the
full set of rport identifiers is not known at early stages.
In preparation for splitting the fc_rport/fc_rport_priv allocation,
make fc_rport_priv the primary interface for the remote port and
discovery engines.
The FCP / SCSI layers still deal with fc_rport and
fc_rport_libfc_priv, however.
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
These macros introduce extra undesirable semicolons that keep
them from being used in expressions, and they don't protect
against being passed an expression.
Add parens and remove the semicolons.
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
The interface for lport->tt.rport_create() takes a fc_disc_port arg,
which is unnatural for most calls. The only reason for this was
to avoid passing in the local port as an argument, but otherwise
added to complexity.
Simplify by just using lport and fc_rport_identifiers.
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
While the I/O and LLD interfaces use fc_rport_libfc_priv, the
disc and rport interfaces will use fc_rport_priv, which will
be separately allocated.
Change the disc and rport usage of fc_rport_libfc_priv to fc_rport_priv.
Use #define temporarily to make both names equivalent until a
subsequent patch splits them.
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
This patch enables DCA support on multiple-IOH/multiple-IIO architectures.
It modifies dca module by replacing single dca_providers list
with dca_domains list, each domain containing separate list of providers.
This approach lets dca driver manage multiple domains, i.e. sets of providers
and requesters mapped back to the same PCI root complex device.
The driver takes care to register each requester to a provider
from the same domain.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Maciej Sosnowski <maciej.sosnowski@intel.com>
* topic/tlv-minmax:
ALSA: usb-audio - Correct bogus volume dB information
ALSA: usb-audio - Use the new TLV_DB_MINMAX type
ALSA: Add new TLV types for dBwith min/max
* topic/soundcore-preclaim:
sound: make OSS device number claiming optional and schedule its removal
sound: request char-major-* module aliases for missing OSS devices
chrdev: implement __[un]register_chrdev()
* topic/asoc: (226 commits)
ASoC: au1x: PSC-AC97 bugfixes
ASoC: Fix WM835x Out4 capture enumeration
ASoC: Remove unuused hw_read_t
ASoC: fix pxa2xx-ac97.c breakage
ASoC: Fully specify DC servo bits to update in wm_hubs
ASoC: Debugged improper setting of PLL fields in WM8580 driver
ASoC: new board driver to connect bfin-5xx with ad1836 codec
ASoC: OMAP: Add functionality to set CLKR and FSR sources in McBSP DAI
ASoC: davinci: i2c device creation moved into board files
ASoC: Don't reconfigure WM8350 FLL if not needed
ASoC: Fix s3c-i2s-v2 build
ASoC: Make platform data optional for TLV320AIC3x
ASoC: Add S3C24xx dependencies for Simtec machines
ASoC: SDP3430: Fix TWL GPIO6 pin mux request
ASoC: S3C platform: Fix s3c2410_dma_started() called at improper time
ARM: OMAP: McBSP: Merge two functions into omap_mcbsp_start/_stop
ASoC: OMAP: Fix setup of XCCR and RCCR registers in McBSP DAI
OMAP: McBSP: Use textual values in DMA operating mode sysfs files
ARM: OMAP: DMA: Add support for DMA channel self linking on OMAP1510
ASoC: Select core DMA when building for S3C64xx
...
kvm_para.h contains userspace interface and so
should be exported.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
So far unprivileged guest callers running in ring 3 can issue, e.g., MMU
hypercalls. Normally, such callers cannot provide any hand-crafted MMU
command structure as it has to be passed by its physical address, but
they can still crash the guest kernel by passing random addresses.
To close the hole, this patch considers hypercalls valid only if issued
from guest ring 0. This may still be relaxed on a per-hypercall base in
the future once required.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Now KVM allow guest to modify guest's physical address of EPT's identity mapping page.
(change from v1, discard unnecessary check, change ioctl to accept parameter
address rather than value)
Signed-off-by: Sheng Yang <sheng@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Remove kvm_cpu_has_interrupt() and kvm_arch_interrupt_allowed() from
interface between general code and arch code. kvm_arch_vcpu_runnable()
checks for interrupts instead.
Signed-off-by: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
ioeventfd is a mechanism to register PIO/MMIO regions to trigger an eventfd
signal when written to by a guest. Host userspace can register any
arbitrary IO address with a corresponding eventfd and then pass the eventfd
to a specific end-point of interest for handling.
Normal IO requires a blocking round-trip since the operation may cause
side-effects in the emulated model or may return data to the caller.
Therefore, an IO in KVM traps from the guest to the host, causes a VMX/SVM
"heavy-weight" exit back to userspace, and is ultimately serviced by qemu's
device model synchronously before returning control back to the vcpu.
However, there is a subclass of IO which acts purely as a trigger for
other IO (such as to kick off an out-of-band DMA request, etc). For these
patterns, the synchronous call is particularly expensive since we really
only want to simply get our notification transmitted asychronously and
return as quickly as possible. All the sychronous infrastructure to ensure
proper data-dependencies are met in the normal IO case are just unecessary
overhead for signalling. This adds additional computational load on the
system, as well as latency to the signalling path.
Therefore, we provide a mechanism for registration of an in-kernel trigger
point that allows the VCPU to only require a very brief, lightweight
exit just long enough to signal an eventfd. This also means that any
clients compatible with the eventfd interface (which includes userspace
and kernelspace equally well) can now register to be notified. The end
result should be a more flexible and higher performance notification API
for the backend KVM hypervisor and perhipheral components.
To test this theory, we built a test-harness called "doorbell". This
module has a function called "doorbell_ring()" which simply increments a
counter for each time the doorbell is signaled. It supports signalling
from either an eventfd, or an ioctl().
We then wired up two paths to the doorbell: One via QEMU via a registered
io region and through the doorbell ioctl(). The other is direct via
ioeventfd.
You can download this test harness here:
ftp://ftp.novell.com/dev/ghaskins/doorbell.tar.bz2
The measured results are as follows:
qemu-mmio: 110000 iops, 9.09us rtt
ioeventfd-mmio: 200100 iops, 5.00us rtt
ioeventfd-pio: 367300 iops, 2.72us rtt
I didn't measure qemu-pio, because I have to figure out how to register a
PIO region with qemu's device model, and I got lazy. However, for now we
can extrapolate based on the data from the NULLIO runs of +2.56us for MMIO,
and -350ns for HC, we get:
qemu-pio: 153139 iops, 6.53us rtt
ioeventfd-hc: 412585 iops, 2.37us rtt
these are just for fun, for now, until I can gather more data.
Here is a graph for your convenience:
http://developer.novell.com/wiki/images/7/76/Iofd-chart.png
The conclusion to draw is that we save about 4us by skipping the userspace
hop.
--------------------
Signed-off-by: Gregory Haskins <ghaskins@novell.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Today kvm_io_bus_regsiter_dev() returns void and will internally BUG_ON
if it fails. We want to create dynamic MMIO/PIO entries driven from
userspace later in the series, so we need to enhance the code to be more
robust with the following changes:
1) Add a return value to the registration function
2) Fix up all the callsites to check the return code, handle any
failures, and percolate the error up to the caller.
3) Add an unregister function that collapses holes in the array
Signed-off-by: Gregory Haskins <ghaskins@novell.com>
Acked-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
When kvm is in hpet_legacy_mode, the hpet is providing the timer
interrupt and the pit should not be. So in legacy mode, the pit timer
is destroyed, but the *state* of the pit is maintained. So if kvm or
the guest tries to modify the state of the pit, this modification is
accepted, *except* that the timer isn't actually started. When we exit
hpet_legacy_mode, the current state of the pit (which is up to date
since we've been accepting modifications) is used to restart the pit
timer.
The saved_mode code in kvm_pit_load_count temporarily changes mode to
0xff in order to destroy the timer, but then restores the actual
value, again maintaining "current" state of the pit for possible later
reenablement.
[avi: add some reserved storage in the ioctl; make SET_PIT2 IOW]
[marcelo: fix memory corruption due to reserved storage]
Signed-off-by: Beth Kon <eak@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Add tracepoint in msi/ioapic/pic set_irq() functions,
in IPI sending and in the point where IRQ is placed into
apic's IRR.
Signed-off-by: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
This changes bus accesses to use high-level kvm_io_bus_read/kvm_io_bus_write
functions. in_range now becomes unused so it is removed from device ops in
favor of read/write callbacks performing range checks internally.
This allows aliasing (mostly for in-kernel virtio), as well as better error
handling by making it possible to pass errors up to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Use slots_lock to protect device list on the bus. slots_lock is already
taken for read everywhere, so we only need to take it for write when
registering devices. This is in preparation to removing in_range and
kvm->lock around it.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Change kvm_vcpu_is_bsp to use vcpu_id instead of bsp_vcpu pointer, which
is only initialized at the end of kvm_vm_ioctl_create_vcpu.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
This allows use of the powerful ftrace infrastructure.
See Documentation/trace/ for usage information.
[avi, stephen: various build fixes]
[sheng: fix control register breakage]
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Sheng Yang <sheng@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Disable usage of 2M pages if VMX_EPT_2MB_PAGE_BIT (bit 16) is clear
in MSR_IA32_VMX_EPT_VPID_CAP and EPT is enabled.
[avi: s/largepages_disabled/largepages_enabled/ to avoid negative logic]
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Archs are free to use vcpu_id as they see fit. For x86 it is used as
vcpu's apic id. New ioctl is added to configure boot vcpu id that was
assumed to be 0 till now.
Signed-off-by: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Protect irq injection/acking data structures with a separate irq_lock
mutex. This fixes the following deadlock:
CPU A CPU B
kvm_vm_ioctl_deassign_dev_irq()
mutex_lock(&kvm->lock); worker_thread()
-> kvm_deassign_irq() -> kvm_assigned_dev_interrupt_work_handler()
-> deassign_host_irq() mutex_lock(&kvm->lock);
-> cancel_work_sync() [blocked]
[gleb: fix ia64 path]
Reported-by: Alex Williamson <alex.williamson@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Introduce irq_lock, and use to protect ioapic data structures.
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Changing s390 code in kvm_arch_vcpu_load/put come across this header
declarations. They are complete duplicates, not even useful forward
declarations as nothing using it is in between (maybe it was that in
the past).
This patch removes the two dispensable lines.
Signed-off-by: Christian Ehrhardt <ehrhardt@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
We only trap one page for MSI-X entry now, so it's 4k/(128/8) = 256 entries at
most.
Signed-off-by: Sheng Yang <sheng@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
The in-kernel speaker emulation is only a dummy and also unneeded from
the performance point of view. Rather, it takes user space support to
generate sound output on the host, e.g. console beeps.
To allow this, introduce KVM_CREATE_PIT2 which controls in-kernel
speaker port emulation via a flag passed along the new IOCTL. It also
leaves room for future extensions of the PIT configuration interface.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
KVM provides a complete virtual system environment for guests, including
support for injecting interrupts modeled after the real exception/interrupt
facilities present on the native platform (such as the IDT on x86).
Virtual interrupts can come from a variety of sources (emulated devices,
pass-through devices, etc) but all must be injected to the guest via
the KVM infrastructure. This patch adds a new mechanism to inject a specific
interrupt to a guest using a decoupled eventfd mechnanism: Any legal signal
on the irqfd (using eventfd semantics from either userspace or kernel) will
translate into an injected interrupt in the guest at the next available
interrupt window.
Signed-off-by: Gregory Haskins <ghaskins@novell.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
The related MSRs are emulated. MCE capability is exported via
extension KVM_CAP_MCE and ioctl KVM_X86_GET_MCE_CAP_SUPPORTED. A new
vcpu ioctl command KVM_X86_SETUP_MCE is used to setup MCE emulation
such as the mcg_cap. MCE is injected via vcpu ioctl command
KVM_X86_SET_MCE. Extended machine-check state (MCG_EXT_P) and CMCI are
not implemented.
Signed-off-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
When new child qdiscs are attached to the mq qdisc, they are actually
attached as root qdiscs to the device queues. The lock selection for
new estimators incorrectly picks the root lock of the existing and
to be replaced qdisc, which results in a use-after-free once the old
qdisc has been destroyed.
Mark mq qdisc instances with a new flag and treat qdiscs attached to
mq as children similar to regular root qdiscs.
Additionally prevent estimators from being attached to the mq qdisc
itself since it only updates its byte and packet counters during dumps.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces three new hooks. The inode_getsecctx hook is used to get
all relevant information from an LSM about an inode. The inode_setsecctx is
used to set both the in-core and on-disk state for the inode based on a context
derived from inode_getsecctx.The final hook inode_notifysecctx will notify the
LSM of a change for the in-core state of the inode in question. These hooks are
for use in the labeled NFS code and addresses concerns of how to set security
on an inode in a multi-xattr LSM. For historical reasons Stephen Smalley's
explanation of the reason for these hooks is pasted below.
Quote Stephen Smalley
inode_setsecctx: Change the security context of an inode. Updates the
in core security context managed by the security module and invokes the
fs code as needed (via __vfs_setxattr_noperm) to update any backing
xattrs that represent the context. Example usage: NFS server invokes
this hook to change the security context in its incore inode and on the
backing file system to a value provided by the client on a SETATTR
operation.
inode_notifysecctx: Notify the security module of what the security
context of an inode should be. Initializes the incore security context
managed by the security module for this inode. Example usage: NFS
client invokes this hook to initialize the security context in its
incore inode to the value provided by the server for the file when the
server returned the file's attributes to the client.
Signed-off-by: David P. Quigley <dpquigl@tycho.nsa.gov>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This factors out the part of the vfs_setxattr function that performs the
setting of the xattr and its notification. This is needed so the SELinux
implementation of inode_setsecctx can handle the setting of the xattr while
maintaining the proper separation of layers.
Signed-off-by: David P. Quigley <dpquigl@tycho.nsa.gov>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
The wakeup.prepared flag is used for marking devices that have the
wake-up power already enabled, so that the wake-up power is not
enabled twice in a row for the same device. This assumes, however,
that device wake-up power will only be enabled once, while the device
is being prepared for a system-wide sleep transition, and the second
attempt is made by acpi_enable_wakeup_device_prep().
With the upcoming PCI wake-up rework this assumption will not hold
any more for PCI bridges and the root bridge whose wake-up power
may be enabled as a result of wake-up enable propagation from other
devices (eg. add-on devices that are not associated with any GPEs).
Thus, there may be many attempts to enable wake-up power on a PCI
bridge or the root bridge during a system power state transition
and it's better to replace wakeup.prepared with a reference counter.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@srcf.ucam.org>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Introduce a new PCI device flag, wakeup_prepared, to prevent PCI
wake-up preparation code from being executed twice in a row for the
same device and for the same purpose.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg59@srcf.ucam.org>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
In general a BIOS may goof or we may hotplug in a hotplug controller.
In either case the kernel needs to reserve resources for plugging
in more devices in the future instead of creating a minimal resource
assignment.
We already do this for cardbus bridges I am just adding a variant
for pcie bridges.
v2: Make testing for pcie hotplug bridges based on a flag.
So far we only set the flag for pcie but a header_quirk
could easily be added for the non-standard pci hotplug
bridges.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Separate out pci_add_dynid() from store_new_id() and export it so that
in-kernel code can add PCI IDs dynamically. As the function will be
available regardless of HOTPLUG, put it and pull pci_free_dynids()
outside of CONFIG_HOTPLUG.
This will be used by pci-stub to initialize initial IDs via module
param.
While at it, remove bogus get_driver() failure check.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Grant Grundler <grundler@parisc-linux.org>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Add support for PCI-E 5.0 GT/s in max_bus_speed and cur_bus_speed.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Wilcox <matthew@wil.cx>
Signed-off-by: Kenji Kaneshige <kaneshige.kenji@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Fix some warnings reported in linux-next + also cleanup some
comment errors noticed by Pekka Paalanen.
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
This is the first of three patches that implement a bit field that PCI
Express device drivers can use to indicate they need a fundamental reset
during error recovery.
By default, the EEH framework on powerpc does what's known as a "hot
reset" during recovery of a PCI Express device. We've found a case
where the device needs a "fundamental reset" to recover properly. The
current PCI error recovery and EEH frameworks do not support this
distinction.
The attached patch (courtesy of Richard Lary) adds a bit field to
pci_dev that indicates whether the device requires a fundamental reset
during recovery.
These patches supersede the previously submitted patch that implemented
a fundamental reset bit field.
Signed-off-by: Mike Mason <mmlnx@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Lary <rlary@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Background:
Graphic devices are accessed through ranges in I/O or memory space. While most
modern devices allow relocation of such ranges, some "Legacy" VGA devices
implemented on PCI will typically have the same "hard-decoded" addresses as
they did on ISA. For more details see "PCI Bus Binding to IEEE Std 1275-1994
Standard for Boot (Initialization Configuration) Firmware Revision 2.1"
Section 7, Legacy Devices.
The Resource Access Control (RAC) module inside the X server currently does
the task of arbitration when more than one legacy device co-exists on the same
machine. But the problem happens when these devices are trying to be accessed
by different userspace clients (e.g. two server in parallel). Their address
assignments conflict. Therefore an arbitration scheme _outside_ of the X
server is needed to control the sharing of these resources. This document
introduces the operation of the VGA arbiter implemented for Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Tiago Vignatti <tiago.vignatti@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
IDs should generally only be added to pci_ids.h when they're shared
across several files in the tree. IDs that are just used by a single
driver should be defined in the driver instead.
Perhaps documenting this is a good idea to prevent things being moved there,
as it still seems to be happening judging from the git log.
(based on discussion w/gregkh and others).
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Some devices allow an individual function to be reset without affecting
other functions in the same device: that's what pci_reset_function does.
For devices that have this support, expose reset attribite in sysfs.
This is useful e.g. for virtualization, where a qemu userspace
process wants to reset the device when the guest is reset,
to emulate machine reboot as closely as possible.
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
We can simplify ACPI drivers if we can tell whether a handle is an
ACPI PCI root or not.
Reviewed-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bjorn.helgaas@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Chiang <achiang@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
This was #define'd as 0 on all platforms, so let's get rid of it.
This change makes pci_scan_slot() slightly easier to read.
Cc: Yoshinori Sato <ysato@users.sourceforge.jp>
Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jeff Dike <jdike@addtoit.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Ivan Kokshaysky <ink@jurassic.park.msu.ru>
Reviewed-by: Matthew Wilcox <willy@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Acked-by: Kyle McMartin <kyle@mcmartin.ca>
Acked-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Acked-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Alex Chiang <achiang@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Set child_runs_first default to off.
It hurts 'optimal' make -j<NR_CPUS> workloads as make jobs
get preempted by child tasks, reducing parallelism.
Note, this patch might make existing races in user
applications more prominent than before - so breakages
might be bisected to this commit.
Child-runs-first is broken on SMP to begin with, and we
already had it off briefly in v2.6.23 so most of the
offenders ought to be fixed. Would be nice not to revert
this commit but fix those apps finally ...
Signed-off-by: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
LKML-Reference: <1252486344.28645.18.camel@marge.simson.net>
[ made the sysctl independent of CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG, in case
people want to work around broken apps. ]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Add support for communicating with a Sonics Silicon Backplane through a
SDIO interface, as found in the Nintendo Wii WLAN daughter card.
The Nintendo Wii WLAN card includes a custom Broadcom 4318 chip with
a SDIO host interface.
Signed-off-by: Albert Herranz <albert_herranz@yahoo.es>
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix apparent thinko related to RTM_DELADDRLABEL, introduced by commit
2a8cc6c890 ("[IPV6] ADDRCONF: Support
RFC3484 configurable address selection policy table.").
Signed-off-by: Tushar Gohad <tgohad@mvista.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Version 20090903.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
There are cases where full date information is required instead of
just the year. Add month and day parsing to dmi_get_year() and rename
it to dmi_get_date().
As the original function only required '/' followed by any number of
parseable characters at the end of the string, keep that behavior to
avoid upsetting existing users.
The new function takes dates of format [mm[/dd]]/yy[yy]. Year, month
and date are checked to be in the ranges of [1-9999], [1-12] and
[1-31] respectively and any invalid or out-of-range component is
returned as zero.
The dummy implementation is updated accordingly but the return value
is updated to indicate field not found which is consistent with how
other dummy functions behave.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
The tx_list attribute of struct dma_async_tx_descriptor is common to
most, but not all dma driver implementations. None of the upper level
code (dmaengine/async_tx) uses it, so allow drivers to implement it
locally if they need it. This saves sizeof(struct list_head) bytes for
drivers that do not manage descriptors with a linked list (e.g.: ioatdma
v2,3).
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Jasper Forest introduces raid offload support via ioat3.2 support. When
raid offload is enabled two (out of 8 channels) will report raid5/raid6
offload capabilities. The remaining channels will only report ioat3.0
capabilities (memcpy).
Signed-off-by: Tom Picard <tom.s.picard@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Some engines have transfer size and address alignment restrictions. Add
a per-operation alignment property to struct dma_device that the async
routines and dmatest can use to check alignment capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Channel switching is problematic for some dmaengine drivers as the
architecture precludes separating the ->prep from ->submit. In these
cases the driver can select ASYNC_TX_DISABLE_CHANNEL_SWITCH to modify
the async_tx allocator to only return channels that support all of the
required asynchronous operations.
For example MD_RAID456=y selects support for asynchronous xor, xor
validate, pq, pq validate, and memcpy. When
ASYNC_TX_DISABLE_CHANNEL_SWITCH=y any channel with all these
capabilities is marked DMA_ASYNC_TX allowing async_tx_find_channel() to
quickly locate compatible channels with the guarantee that dependency
chains will remain on one channel. When
ASYNC_TX_DISABLE_CHANNEL_SWITCH=n async_tx_find_channel() may select
channels that lead to operation chains that need to cross channel
boundaries using the async_tx channel switch capability.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Some engines optimize operation by reading ahead in the descriptor chain
such that descriptor2 may start execution before descriptor1 completes.
If descriptor2 depends on the result from descriptor1 then a fence is
required (on descriptor2) to disable this optimization. The async_tx
api could implicitly identify dependencies via the 'depend_tx'
parameter, but that would constrain cases where the dependency chain
only specifies a completion order rather than a data dependency. So,
provide an ASYNC_TX_FENCE to explicitly identify data dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
When mounting an "nfs" type file system, recognize "v4," "vers=4," or
"nfsvers=4" mount options, and convert the file system to "nfs4" under
the covers.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
[trondmy: fixed up binary mount code so it sets the 'version' field too]
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
shmfs wants purely standard POSIX ACL semantics, so we can use the new
generic VFS layer POSIX ACL checking rather than cooking our own
'permission()' function.
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh.dickins@tiscali.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This is stage one in flattening out the callchains for the common
permission testing. Rather than have most filesystem implement their
own inode->i_op->permission function that just calls back down to the
VFS layers 'generic_permission()' with the per-filesystem ACL checking
function, the filesystem can just expose its 'check_acl' function
directly, and let the VFS layer do everything for it.
This is all just preparatory - no filesystem actually enables this yet.
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add appropriate const prefix to char * arguments in proc helper functions.
Also fixed the caller side to be proper const pointers.
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Re-export snd_pcm_format_name() function to be used outside the PCM core.
As a first example, usbaudio is changed to use it now again.
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
This was a non-trivial merge with some patches sent to Linus
in drm-fixes.
Conflicts:
drivers/gpu/drm/radeon/r300.c
drivers/gpu/drm/radeon/radeon_asic.h
drivers/gpu/drm/radeon/rs600.c
drivers/gpu/drm/radeon/rs690.c
drivers/gpu/drm/radeon/rv515.c
Now that SD_WAKE_IDLE doesn't make pipe-test suck anymore,
enable it by default for MC, CPU and NUMA domains.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
LKML-Reference: <new-submission>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
ADd support for the SPI part of LMS283GF05 LCD. The LCD uses SPI for
initialization and powerdown sequences. No further defails are specified
in the datasheet about the initialization/powerdown sequence, just the
magic numbers that have to be sent over SPI bus. This LCD can be found in
the Aeronix Zipit Z2 handheld.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@linux.intel.com>
The struct snd_monitor_file is used locally only in sound/core/init.c,
thus it should be moved there from the public sound/core.h.
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
The WM831x devices feature two software controlled status LEDs with
hardware assisted blinking.
The device can also autonomously control the LEDs based on a selection
of sources. This can be configured at boot time using either platform
data or the chip OTP. A sysfs file in the style of that for triggers
allowing the control source to be configured at run time. Triggers
can't be used here since they can't depend on the implementation details
of a specific LED type.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@linux.intel.com>
Fix the default security_session_to_parent() in linux/security.h to have a
body.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This is a brute force removal of the wierd slave interface done for
DLCI -> SDLA transmit. Before it was using non-standard return values
and freeing skb in caller. This changes it to using normal return
values, and freeing in the callee. Luckly only one driver pair was
doing this. Not tested on real hardware, in fact I wonder if this
driver pair is even being used by any users.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a function that can be used to add the default mode for the output device
without EDID.
It will add the default mode that meets with the requirements of given
hdisplay/vdisplay limit.
Signed-off-by: Zhao Yakui <yakui.zhao@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Make security_cred_alloc_blank() return int, not void, when CONFIG_SECURITY=n.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch adds a classful dummy scheduler which can be used as root qdisc
for multiqueue devices and exposes each device queue as a child class.
This allows to address queues individually and graft them similar to regular
classes. Additionally it presents an accumulated view of the statistics of
all real root qdiscs in the dummy root.
Two new callbacks are added to the qdisc_ops and qdisc_class_ops:
- cl_ops->select_queue selects the tx queue number for new child classes.
- qdisc_ops->attach() overrides root qdisc device grafting to attach
non-shared qdiscs to the queues.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It will be used in a following patch by the multiqueue qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the multiqueue integration with the qdisc API suffers from
a few problems:
- with multiple queues, all root qdiscs use the same handle. This means
they can't be exposed to userspace in a backwards compatible fashion.
- all API operations always refer to queue number 0. Newly created
qdiscs are automatically shared between all queues, its not possible
to address individual queues or restore multiqueue behaviour once a
shared qdisc has been attached.
- Dumps only contain the root qdisc of queue 0, in case of non-shared
qdiscs this means the statistics are incomplete.
This patch reintroduces dev->qdisc, which points to the (single) root qdisc
from userspace's point of view. Currently it either points to the first
(non-shared) default qdisc, or a qdisc shared between all queues. The
following patches will introduce a classful dummy qdisc, which will be used
as root qdisc and contain the per-queue qdiscs as children.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/agk/linux-2.6-dm:
dm snapshot: fix on disk chunk size validation
dm exception store: split set_chunk_size
dm snapshot: fix header corruption race on invalidation
dm snapshot: refactor zero_disk_area to use chunk_io
dm log: userspace add luid to distinguish between concurrent log instances
dm raid1: do not allow log_failure variable to unset after being set
dm log: remove incorrect field from userspace table output
dm log: fix userspace status output
dm stripe: expose correct io hints
dm table: add more context to terse warning messages
dm table: fix queue_limit checking device iterator
dm snapshot: implement iterate devices
dm multipath: fix oops when request based io fails when no paths
Tom Horsley reports that his debugger hangs when it tries to read
/proc/pid_of_tracee/maps, this happens since
"mm_for_maps: take ->cred_guard_mutex to fix the race with exec"
04b836cbf19e885f8366bccb2e4b0474346c02d
commit in 2.6.31.
But the root of the problem lies in the fact that do_execve() path calls
tracehook_report_exec() which can stop if the tracer sets PT_TRACE_EXEC.
The tracee must not sleep in TASK_TRACED holding this mutex. Even if we
remove ->cred_guard_mutex from mm_for_maps() and proc_pid_attr_write(),
another task doing PTRACE_ATTACH should not hang until it is killed or the
tracee resumes.
With this patch do_execve() does not use ->cred_guard_mutex directly and
we do not hold it throughout, instead:
- introduce prepare_bprm_creds() helper, it locks the mutex
and calls prepare_exec_creds() to initialize bprm->cred.
- install_exec_creds() drops the mutex after commit_creds(),
and thus before tracehook_report_exec()->ptrace_stop().
or, if exec fails,
free_bprm() drops this mutex when bprm->cred != NULL which
indicates install_exec_creds() was not called.
Reported-by: Tom Horsley <tom.horsley@att.net>
Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Acked-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Roland McGrath <roland@redhat.com>
Cc: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
cancel_delayed_work() has to use del_timer_sync() to guarantee the timer
function is not running after return. But most users doesn't actually
need this, and del_timer_sync() has problems: it is not useable from
interrupt, and it depends on every lock which could be taken from irq.
Introduce __cancel_delayed_work() which calls del_timer() instead.
The immediate reason for this patch is
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=13757
but hopefully this helper makes sense anyway.
As for 13757 bug, actually we need requeue_delayed_work(), but its
semantics are not yet clear.
Merge this patch early to resolves cross-tree interdependencies between
input and infiniband.
Signed-off-by: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Dmitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>
Cc: Roland Dreier <rdreier@cisco.com>
Cc: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Unlike on some other architectures ino_t is an unsigned int on s390.
So add an explicit cast to avoid lots of compile warnings:
In file included from include/trace/ftrace.h:285,
from include/trace/define_trace.h:61,
from include/trace/events/ext4.h:711,
from fs/ext4/super.c:50:
include/trace/events/ext4.h: In function 'ftrace_raw_output_ext4_free_inode':
include/trace/events/ext4.h:12: warning: format '%lu' expects type 'long unsigned int', but argument 4 has type 'ino_t'
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
1. Updates fcoe_rcv() to queue incoming frames to the fcoe per
cpu thread on which this frame's exch was originated and simply
use current cpu for request exch not originated by initiator.
It is redundant to add this code under CONFIG_SMP, so removes
CONFIG_SMP uses around this code.
2. Updates fc_exch_em_alloc, fc_exch_delete, fc_exch_find to use
per cpu exch pools, here fc_exch_delete is rename of older
fc_exch_mgr_delete_ep since ep/exch are now deleted in pools
of EM and so brief new name is sufficient and better name.
Updates these functions to map exch id to their index into exch
pool using fc_cpu_mask, fc_cpu_order and EM min_xid.
This mapping is as per detailed explanation about this in
last patch and basically this is just as lower fc_cpu_mask
bits of exch id as cpu number and upper bit sum of EM min_xid
and exch index in pool.
Uses pool next_index to keep track of exch allocation from
pool along with pool_max_index as upper bound of exches array
in pool.
3. Adds exch pool ptr to fc_exch to free exch to its pool in
fc_exch_delete.
4. Updates fc_exch_mgr_reset to reset all exch pools of an EM,
this required adding fc_exch_pool_reset func to reset exches
in pool and then have fc_exch_mgr_reset call fc_exch_pool_reset
for each pool within each EM for a lport.
5. Removes no longer needed exches array, em_lock, next_xid, and
total_exches from struct fc_exch_mgr, these are not needed after
use of per cpu exch pool, also removes not used max_read,
last_read from struct fc_exch_mgr.
6. Updates locking notes for exch pool lock with fc_exch lock and
uses pool lock in exch allocation, lookup and reset.
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
Adds per cpu exch pool for these reasons:-
1. Currently an EM instance is shared across all cpus to manage
all exches for all cpus. This required em_lock across all
cpus for an exch alloc, free, lookup and reset each frame
and that made em_lock expensive, so instead having per cpu
exch pool with their own per cpu pool lock will likely reduce
locking contention in fast path for an exch alloc, free and
lookup.
2. Per cpu exch pool will likely improve cache hit ratio since
all frames of an exch will be processed on the same cpu on
which exch originated.
This patch is only prep work to help in keeping complexity of next
patch low, so this patch only sets up per cpu exch pool and related
helper funcs to be used by next patch. The next patch fully makes
use of per cpu exch pool in all code paths ie. tx, rx and reset.
Divides per EM exch id range equally across all cpus to setup per
cpu exch pool. This division is such that lower bits of exch id
carries cpu number info on which exch originated, later a simple
bitwise AND operation on exch id of incoming frame with fc_cpu_mask
retrieves cpu number info to direct all frames to same cpu on which
exch originated. This required a global fc_cpu_mask and fc_cpu_order
initialized to max possible cpus number nr_cpu_ids rounded up to 2's
power, this will be used in mapping exch id and exch ptr array
index in pool during exch allocation, find or reset code paths.
Adds a check in fc_exch_mgr_alloc() to ensure specified min_xid
lower bits are zero since these bits are used to carry cpu info.
Adds and initializes struct fc_exch_pool with all required fields
to manage exches in pool.
Allocates per cpu struct fc_exch_pool with memory for exches array
for range of exches per pool. The exches array memory is followed
by struct fc_exch_pool.
Adds fc_exch_ptr_get/set() helper functions to get/set exch ptr in
pool exches array at specified array index.
Increases default FCOE_MAX_XID to 0x0FFF from 0x07EF, so that more
exches are available per cpu after above described exch id range
division across all cpus to each pool.
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
If a target closed the connection, we will detect it in the
state_changed or data_ready callout. This adds a new conn
error value to use for this problem, so it is not confused
with when the initiator throws a conn error and drops
the connection.
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
Since the ability to swap the cpu buffers adds a small overhead to
the recording of a trace, we only want to add it when needed.
Only the irqsoff and preemptoff tracers use this feature, and both are
not recommended for production kernels. This patch disables its use
when neither irqsoff nor preemptoff is configured.
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
The latency tracers (irqsoff and wakeup) can swap trace buffers
on the fly. If an event is happening and has reserved data on one of
the buffers, and the latency tracer swaps the global buffer with the
max buffer, the result is that the event may commit the data to the
wrong buffer.
This patch changes the API to the trace recording to be recieve the
buffer that was used to reserve a commit. Then this buffer can be passed
in to the commit.
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
This shrinks the size of struct sctp_association a little.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This patch introduces a new sysctl option to make IPv4 Address Scoping
configurable <draft-stewart-tsvwg-sctp-ipv4-00.txt>.
In networking environments where DNAT rules in iptables prerouting
chains convert destination IP's to link-local/private IP addresses,
SCTP connections fail to establish as the INIT chunk is dropped by the
kernel due to address scope match failure.
For example to support overlapping IP addresses (same IP address with
different vlan id) a Layer-5 application listens on link local IP's,
and there is a DNAT rule that maps the destination IP to a link local
IP. Such applications never get the SCTP INIT if the address-scoping
draft is strictly followed.
This sysctl configuration allows SCTP to function in such
unconventional networking environments.
Sysctl options:
0 - Disable IPv4 address scoping draft altogether
1 - Enable IPv4 address scoping (default, current behavior)
2 - Enable address scoping but allow IPv4 private addresses in init/init-ack
3 - Enable address scoping but allow IPv4 link local address in init/init-ack
Signed-off-by: Bhaskar Dutta <bhaskar.dutta@globallogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
We had a bug that we never stored the user-defined value for
MAXSEG when setting the value on an association. Thus future
PMTU events ended up re-writing the frag point and increasing
it past user limit. Additionally, when setting the option on
the socket/endpoint, we effect all current associations, which
is against spec.
Now, we store the user 'maxseg' value along with the computed
'frag_point'. We inherit 'maxseg' from the socket at association
creation and use it as an upper limit for 'frag_point' when its
set.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
SCTP will delay the last part of a large write due to NAGLE, if that
part is smaller then MTU. Since we are doing large writes, we might
as well send the last portion now instead of waiting untill the next
large write happens. The small portion will be sent as is regardless,
so it's better to not delay it.
This is a result of much discussions with Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
and Doug Graham <dgraham@nortel.com>. Many thanks go out to them.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
SCTP has a problem that when small chunks are used, it is possible
to exhaust the receiver buffer without fully closing receive window.
This happens due to all overhead that we have account for with small
messages. To fix this, when receive buffer is exceeded, we'll drop
the window to 0 and save the 'drop' portion. When application starts
reading data and freeing up recevie buffer space, we'll wait until
we've reached the 'drop' window and then add back this 'drop' one
mtu at a time. This worked well in testing and under stress produced
rather even recovery.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Currenlty, sctp breaks up user messages into fragments and
sends each fragment to the lower layer by itself. This means
that for each fragment we go all the way down the stack
and back up. This also discourages bundling of multiple
fragments when they can fit into a sigle packet (ex: due
to user setting a low fragmentation threashold).
We introduce a new command SCTP_CMD_SND_MSG and hand the
whole message down state machine. The state machine and
the side-effect parser will cork the queue, add all chunks
from the message to the queue, and then un-cork the queue
thus causing the chunks to get transmitted.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
If a socket has a lot of association that are in the process of
of being closed/aborted, it is possible for a remote to establish
new associations during the time period that the old ones are shutting
down. If this was a result of a close() call, there will be no socket
and will cause a memory leak. We'll prevent this by setting the
socket state to CLOSING and disallow new associations when in this state.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
This patch removes an unused union definition (sctp_cmsg_data_t)
from include/net/sctp/user.h.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <rosenrami@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Device-mapper userspace logs (like the clustered log) are
identified by a universally unique identifier (UUID). This
identifier is used to associate requests from the kernel to
a specific log in userspace. The UUID must be unique everywhere,
since multiple machines may use this identifier when communicating
about a particular log, as is the case for cluster logs.
Sometimes, device-mapper/LVM may re-use a UUID. This is the
case during pvmoves, when moving from one segment of an LV
to another, or when resizing a mirror, etc. In these cases,
a new log is created with the same UUID and loaded in the
"inactive" slot. When a device-mapper "resume" is issued,
the "live" table is deactivated and the new "inactive" table
becomes "live". (The "inactive" table can also be removed
via a device-mapper 'clear' command.)
The above two issues were colliding. More than one log was being
created with the same UUID, and there was no way to distinguish
between them. So, sometimes the wrong log would be swapped
out during the exchange.
The solution is to create a locally unique identifier,
'luid', to go along with the UUID. This new identifier is used
to determine exactly which log is being referenced by the kernel
when the log exchange is made. The identifier is not
universally safe, but it does not need to be, since
create/destroy/suspend/resume operations are bound to a specific
machine; and these are the operations that make up the exchange.
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Brassow <jbrassow@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alasdair G Kergon <agk@redhat.com>
Set sensible I/O hints for striped DM devices in the topology
infrastructure added for 2.6.31 for userspace tools to
obtain via sysfs.
Add .io_hints to 'struct target_type' to allow the I/O hints portion
(io_min and io_opt) of the 'struct queue_limits' to be set by each
target and implement this for dm-stripe.
Signed-off-by: Mike Snitzer <snitzer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alasdair G Kergon <agk@redhat.com>
The WM831x PMICs provide power path management from three sources:
a wall supply, USB and a battery with integrated charger. They also
provide an additional backup supply with integrated for maintaining
always on functionality such as the RTC and monitoring of power
switches.
After some initial configuration at startup the device operates
autonomously, the driver simply provides reporting of the current
state.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <avorontsov@ru.mvista.com>
This patch converts the wm97xx-battery driver to use platform_data
supplied by ac97 bus.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <avorontsov@ru.mvista.com>
The function ring_buffer_event_discard can be used on any item in the
ring buffer, even after the item was committed. This function provides
no safety nets and is very race prone.
An item may be safely removed from the ring buffer before it is committed
with the ring_buffer_discard_commit.
Since there are currently no users of this function, and because this
function is racey and error prone, this patch removes it altogether.
Note, removing this function also allows the counters to ignore
all discarded events (patches will follow).
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Ingo Molnar reported the following kmemcheck warning when running both
kmemleak and kmemcheck enabled:
PM: Adding info for No Bus:vcsa7
WARNING: kmemcheck: Caught 32-bit read from uninitialized memory
(f6f6e1a4)
d873f9f600000000c42ae4c1005c87f70000000070665f666978656400000000
i i i i u u u u i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i u u u
^
Pid: 3091, comm: kmemleak Not tainted (2.6.31-rc7-tip #1303) P4DC6
EIP: 0060:[<c110301f>] EFLAGS: 00010006 CPU: 0
EIP is at scan_block+0x3f/0xe0
EAX: f40bd700 EBX: f40bd780 ECX: f16b46c0 EDX: 00000001
ESI: f6f6e1a4 EDI: 00000000 EBP: f10f3f4c ESP: c2605fcc
DS: 007b ES: 007b FS: 00d8 GS: 00e0 SS: 0068
CR0: 8005003b CR2: e89a4844 CR3: 30ff1000 CR4: 000006f0
DR0: 00000000 DR1: 00000000 DR2: 00000000 DR3: 00000000
DR6: ffff4ff0 DR7: 00000400
[<c110313c>] scan_object+0x7c/0xf0
[<c1103389>] kmemleak_scan+0x1d9/0x400
[<c1103a3c>] kmemleak_scan_thread+0x4c/0xb0
[<c10819d4>] kthread+0x74/0x80
[<c10257db>] kernel_thread_helper+0x7/0x3c
[<ffffffff>] 0xffffffff
kmemleak: 515 new suspected memory leaks (see
/sys/kernel/debug/kmemleak)
kmemleak: 42 new suspected memory leaks (see /sys/kernel/debug/kmemleak)
The problem here is that kmemleak will scan partially initialized
objects that makes kmemcheck complain. Fix that up by skipping
uninitialized memory regions when kmemcheck is enabled.
Reported-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Acked-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Re-organize the flag settings so that it's visible at a glance
which sched-domains flags are set and which not.
With the new balancer code we'll need to re-tune these details
anyway, so make it cleaner to make fewer mistakes down the
road ;-)
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Andreas Herrmann <andreas.herrmann3@amd.com>
Cc: Andreas Herrmann <andreas.herrmann3@amd.com>
Cc: Gautham R Shenoy <ego@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com>
LKML-Reference: <new-submission>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This patch adds the function can_free_echo_skb to the CAN
device interface to allow upcoming drivers to release echo
skb's in case of error.
Signed-off-by: Wolfgang Grandegger <wg@grandegger.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define ECC status for 4-bit ECC status
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
Its a source of fail, also, now that cpu_power is dynamical,
its a waste of time.
before:
<idle>-0 [000] 132.877936: find_busiest_group: avg_load: 0 group_load: 8241 power: 1
after:
bash-1689 [001] 137.862151: find_busiest_group: avg_load: 10636288 group_load: 10387 power: 1
[ v2: build fix from From: Andreas Herrmann ]
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Tested-by: Andreas Herrmann <andreas.herrmann3@amd.com>
Acked-by: Andreas Herrmann <andreas.herrmann3@amd.com>
Acked-by: Gautham R Shenoy <ego@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com>
LKML-Reference: <20090901083826.425896304@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Keep an average on the amount of time spend on RT tasks and use
that fraction to scale down the cpu_power for regular tasks.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Tested-by: Andreas Herrmann <andreas.herrmann3@amd.com>
Acked-by: Andreas Herrmann <andreas.herrmann3@amd.com>
Acked-by: Gautham R Shenoy <ego@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com>
LKML-Reference: <20090901083826.287778431@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The idea is that multi-threading a core yields more work
capacity than a single thread, provide a way to express a
static gain for threads.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Tested-by: Andreas Herrmann <andreas.herrmann3@amd.com>
Acked-by: Andreas Herrmann <andreas.herrmann3@amd.com>
Acked-by: Gautham R Shenoy <ego@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com>
LKML-Reference: <20090901083826.073345955@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Do the placement thing using SD flags.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Tested-by: Andreas Herrmann <andreas.herrmann3@amd.com>
Acked-by: Andreas Herrmann <andreas.herrmann3@amd.com>
Acked-by: Gautham R Shenoy <ego@in.ibm.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com>
LKML-Reference: <20090901083825.897028974@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Pack aligned things together into a special section to minimize
padding holes.
Suggested-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
LKML-Reference: <4AA035C0.9070202@goop.org>
[ queued up in tip:x86/asm because it depends on this commit:
x86/i386: Make sure stack-protector segment base is cache aligned ]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This fixed a lockdep warning which appeared when doing stress
memory tests over NFS:
inconsistent {RECLAIM_FS-ON-W} -> {IN-RECLAIM_FS-W} usage.
page reclaim => nfs_writepage => tcp_sendmsg => lock sk_lock
mount_root => nfs_root_data => tcp_close => lock sk_lock =>
tcp_send_fin => alloc_skb_fclone => page reclaim
David raised a concern that if the allocation fails in tcp_send_fin(), and it's
GFP_ATOMIC, we are going to yield() (which sleeps) and loop endlessly waiting
for the allocation to succeed.
But fact is, the original GFP_KERNEL also sleeps. GFP_ATOMIC+yield() looks
weird, but it is no worse the implicit sleep inside GFP_KERNEL. Both could
loop endlessly under memory pressure.
CC: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support to flash a firmware image to a device using ethtool.
The driver gets the filename of the firmware image and flashes the image
using the request firmware path.
The region "on the chip" to be flashed can be specified by an option.
It is upto the device driver to enumerate the region number passed by ethtool,
to the region to be flashed.
The default behavior is to flash all the regions on the chip.
Signed-off-by: Ajit Khaparde <ajitk@serverengines.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
vlan devices are currently not multi-queue capable.
We can do that with a new rtnl_link_ops method,
get_tx_queues(), called from rtnl_create_link()
This new method gets num_tx_queues/real_num_tx_queues
from real device.
register_vlan_device() is also handled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a keyctl to install a process's session keyring onto its parent. This
replaces the parent's session keyring. Because the COW credential code does
not permit one process to change another process's credentials directly, the
change is deferred until userspace next starts executing again. Normally this
will be after a wait*() syscall.
To support this, three new security hooks have been provided:
cred_alloc_blank() to allocate unset security creds, cred_transfer() to fill in
the blank security creds and key_session_to_parent() - which asks the LSM if
the process may replace its parent's session keyring.
The replacement may only happen if the process has the same ownership details
as its parent, and the process has LINK permission on the session keyring, and
the session keyring is owned by the process, and the LSM permits it.
Note that this requires alteration to each architecture's notify_resume path.
This has been done for all arches barring blackfin, m68k* and xtensa, all of
which need assembly alteration to support TIF_NOTIFY_RESUME. This allows the
replacement to be performed at the point the parent process resumes userspace
execution.
This allows the userspace AFS pioctl emulation to fully emulate newpag() and
the VIOCSETTOK and VIOCSETTOK2 pioctls, all of which require the ability to
alter the parent process's PAG membership. However, since kAFS doesn't use
PAGs per se, but rather dumps the keys into the session keyring, the session
keyring of the parent must be replaced if, for example, VIOCSETTOK is passed
the newpag flag.
This can be tested with the following program:
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <keyutils.h>
#define KEYCTL_SESSION_TO_PARENT 18
#define OSERROR(X, S) do { if ((long)(X) == -1) { perror(S); exit(1); } } while(0)
int main(int argc, char **argv)
{
key_serial_t keyring, key;
long ret;
keyring = keyctl_join_session_keyring(argv[1]);
OSERROR(keyring, "keyctl_join_session_keyring");
key = add_key("user", "a", "b", 1, keyring);
OSERROR(key, "add_key");
ret = keyctl(KEYCTL_SESSION_TO_PARENT);
OSERROR(ret, "KEYCTL_SESSION_TO_PARENT");
return 0;
}
Compiled and linked with -lkeyutils, you should see something like:
[dhowells@andromeda ~]$ keyctl show
Session Keyring
-3 --alswrv 4043 4043 keyring: _ses
355907932 --alswrv 4043 -1 \_ keyring: _uid.4043
[dhowells@andromeda ~]$ /tmp/newpag
[dhowells@andromeda ~]$ keyctl show
Session Keyring
-3 --alswrv 4043 4043 keyring: _ses
1055658746 --alswrv 4043 4043 \_ user: a
[dhowells@andromeda ~]$ /tmp/newpag hello
[dhowells@andromeda ~]$ keyctl show
Session Keyring
-3 --alswrv 4043 4043 keyring: hello
340417692 --alswrv 4043 4043 \_ user: a
Where the test program creates a new session keyring, sticks a user key named
'a' into it and then installs it on its parent.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Add garbage collection for dead, revoked and expired keys. This involved
erasing all links to such keys from keyrings that point to them. At that
point, the key will be deleted in the normal manner.
Keyrings from which garbage collection occurs are shrunk and their quota
consumption reduced as appropriate.
Dead keys (for which the key type has been removed) will be garbage collected
immediately.
Revoked and expired keys will hang around for a number of seconds, as set in
/proc/sys/kernel/keys/gc_delay before being automatically removed. The default
is 5 minutes.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Add a config option (CONFIG_DEBUG_CREDENTIALS) to turn on some debug checking
for credential management. The additional code keeps track of the number of
pointers from task_structs to any given cred struct, and checks to see that
this number never exceeds the usage count of the cred struct (which includes
all references, not just those from task_structs).
Furthermore, if SELinux is enabled, the code also checks that the security
pointer in the cred struct is never seen to be invalid.
This attempts to catch the bug whereby inode_has_perm() faults in an nfsd
kernel thread on seeing cred->security be a NULL pointer (it appears that the
credential struct has been previously released):
http://www.kerneloops.org/oops.php?number=252883
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This patch adds VMAC (a fast MAC) support into crypto framework.
Signed-off-by: Shane Wang <shane.wang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Joseph Cihula <joseph.cihula@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
The function block inet_connect_sock_af_ops contains no data
make it constant.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add 3 schedstat tracepoints to help account for wait-time,
sleep-time and iowait-time.
They can also be used as a perf-counter source to profile tasks
on these clocks.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
LKML-Reference: <new-submission>
[ build fix for the !CONFIG_SCHEDSTATS case ]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
For counting how long an application has been waiting for
(disk) IO, there currently is only the HZ sample driven
information available, while for all other counters in this
class, a high resolution version is available via
CONFIG_SCHEDSTATS.
In order to make an improved bootchart tool possible, we also
need a higher resolution version of the iowait time.
This patch below adds this scheduler statistic to the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
LKML-Reference: <4A64B813.1080506@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
A misconfiguration by the firmware of the U4 PCIe bridge on PowerMac G5
with the U4 bridge (latest generations, may also affect the iMac G5
"iSight") is causing us to re-assign the PCI BARs of the video card,
which can get it out of sync with the firmware, thus breaking offb.
This works around it by fixing up the bridge configuration properly
at boot time. It also fixes a bug where the firmware provides us with
an incorrect set of accessible regions in the device-tree.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Merge reason: bump from rc5 to rc8, but also pick up TP_perf_assign()
API, a patch will be queued that depends on it.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Conflicts:
arch/x86/kernel/reboot.c
security/Kconfig
Merge reason: resolve the conflicts, bump up from rc3 to rc8.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Use NFSD_SLOT_CACHE_SIZE size buffers for sessions DRC instead of holding nfsd
pages in cache.
Connectathon testing has shown that 1024 bytes for encoded compound operation
responses past the sequence operation is sufficient, 512 bytes is a little too
small. Set NFSD_SLOT_CACHE_SIZE to 1024.
Allocate memory for the session DRC in the CREATE_SESSION operation
to guarantee that the memory resource is available for caching responses.
Allocate each slot individually in preparation for slot table size negotiation.
Remove struct nfsd4_cache_entry and helper functions for the old page-based
DRC.
The iov_len calculation in nfs4svc_encode_compoundres is now always
correct. Replay is now done in nfsd4_sequence under the state lock, so
the session ref count is only bumped on non-replay. Clean up the
nfs4svc_encode_compoundres session logic.
The nfsd4_compound_state statp pointer is also not used.
Remove nfsd4_set_statp().
Move useful nfsd4_cache_entry fields into nfsd4_slot.
Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
By using the requested ca_maxresponsesize_cached * ca_maxresponses to bound
a forechannel drc request size, clients can tailor a session to usage.
For example, an I/O session (READ/WRITE only) can have a much smaller
ca_maxresponsesize_cached (for only WRITE compound responses) and a lot larger
ca_maxresponses to service a large in-flight data window.
Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Move tboot.h from asm to linux to fix the build errors of intel_txt
patch on non-X86 platforms. Remove the tboot code from generic code
init/main.c and kernel/cpu.c.
Signed-off-by: Shane Wang <shane.wang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
These are full of unresolved problems, mainly that conversions don't
work 1-1 from hrtimers to tasklet_hrtimers because unlike hrtimers
tasklets can't be killed from softirq context.
And when a qdisc gets reset, that's exactly what we need to do here.
We'll work this out in the net-next-2.6 tree and if warranted we'll
backport that work to -stable.
This reverts the following 3 changesets:
a2cb6a4dd4
("pkt_sched: Fix bogon in tasklet_hrtimer changes.")
38acce2d79
("pkt_sched: Convert CBQ to tasklet_hrtimer.")
ee5f9757ea
("pkt_sched: Convert qdisc_watchdog to tasklet_hrtimer")
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
->read_proc, ->write_proc are going away, ->proc_fops should be used instead.
The only tricky place is IDENTIFY handling: if for some reason
taskfile_lib_get_identify() fails, buffer _is_ changed and at least
first byte is overwritten. Emulate old behaviour with returning
that first byte to userspace and reporting length=1 despite overall -E.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These tables are never modified at runtime. Move to read-only
section.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch affects the retransmits_timed_out() function.
Changes:
1) Variables have more meaningful names
2) retransmits_timed_out() has an introductionary comment.
3) Small coding style changes.
Signed-off-by: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct net::ipv6.ip6_dst_ops is separatedly dynamically allocated,
but there is no fundamental reason for it. Embed it directly into
struct netns_ipv6.
For that:
* move struct dst_ops into separate header to fix circular dependencies
I honestly tried not to, it's pretty impossible to do other way
* drop dynamical allocation, allocate together with netns
For a change, remove struct dst_ops::dst_net, it's deducible
by using container_of() given dst_ops pointer.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This was a hack to give userland shutdown tools time to drop manual
spindown. All popular distros updated quite some time ago and the due
is well passed. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Jaswinder Singh Rajput <jaswinder@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
This patch improve libata's output for error/notification messages
to allow easier comprehension and debugging:
When ATAPI commands issued through the SCSI layer fail, use SCSI
functions to print the CDB in human-readable form instead of just
dumping out the CDB in hex.
Print out the name of the failed command (as defined by the ATA
specification) in error handling output along with the raw register
contents.
When reporting status of ACPI taskfile commands executed on resume,
also output the names of the commands being executed (or not) in
readable form.
Since the extra data for printing command names increases kernel
size slightly, a config option has been added to allow disabling
command name output (as well as some of the error register parsing)
for those highly sensitive to kernel text size.
Signed-off-by: Robert Hancock <hancockrwd@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
Hopefully results in fewer on-the-wire FIS's and no breakage. We'll see!
Signed-off-by: Shaohua Li <shaohua.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
For shared tv-out and VGA encoders, we really need to know if
the encoder is just being switched off temporarily in blanking
or if we are really disabling it hard.
Also we need to try harder to disconnect encoders from unused
connectors so we can share more efficently.
(shared encoders stuff is coming in radeon tv-out support)
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
This adds code to the drm_mm to talk to debugfs, and adds
support to radeon to add the VRAM and GTT mm lists to debugfs.
I tested with spinlock debugging and it doesn't give out.
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
This header file is copied into userspace tools that
need not be GPLv2 licensed, make that easier.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk>
Acked-by: Henrique de Moraes Holschuh <hmh@hmh.eng.br>
Acked-by: Iñaky Pérez-González <inaky@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jaswinder Singh Rajput <jaswinderrajput@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Acked-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently everything in the cpufreq layer is per core based.
This does not reflect reality, for example ondemand on conservative
governors have global sysfs variables.
Introduce a global cpufreq directory and add the kobject to the governor
struct, so that governors can easily access it.
The directory is initialized in the cpufreq_core_init initcall and thus will
always be created if cpufreq is compiled in, even if no cpufreq driver is
active later.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Renninger <trenn@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
RFC 1122 specifies two threshold values R1 and R2 for connection timeouts,
which may represent a number of allowed retransmissions or a timeout value.
Currently linux uses sysctl_tcp_retries{1,2} to specify the thresholds
in number of allowed retransmissions.
For any desired threshold R2 (by means of time) one can specify tcp_retries2
(by means of number of retransmissions) such that TCP will not time out
earlier than R2. This is the case, because the RTO schedule follows a fixed
pattern, namely exponential backoff.
However, the RTO behaviour is not predictable any more if RTO backoffs can be
reverted, as it is the case in the draft
"Make TCP more Robust to Long Connectivity Disruptions"
(http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-zimmermann-tcp-lcd).
In the worst case TCP would time out a connection after 3.2 seconds, if the
initial RTO equaled MIN_RTO and each backoff has been reverted.
This patch introduces a function retransmits_timed_out(N),
which calculates the timeout of a TCP connection, assuming an initial
RTO of MIN_RTO and N unsuccessful, exponentially backed-off retransmissions.
Whenever timeout decisions are made by comparing the retransmission counter
to some value N, this function can be used, instead.
The meaning of tcp_retries2 will be changed, as many more RTO retransmissions
can occur than the value indicates. However, it yields a timeout which is
similar to the one of an unpatched, exponentially backing off TCP in the same
scenario. As no application could rely on an RTO greater than MIN_RTO, there
should be no risk of a regression.
Signed-off-by: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Here, an ICMP host/network unreachable message, whose payload fits to
TCP's SND.UNA, is taken as an indication that the RTO retransmission has
not been lost due to congestion, but because of a route failure
somewhere along the path.
With true congestion, a router won't trigger such a message and the
patched TCP will operate as standard TCP.
This patch reverts one RTO backoff, if an ICMP host/network unreachable
message, whose payload fits to TCP's SND.UNA, arrives.
Based on the new RTO, the retransmission timer is reset to reflect the
remaining time, or - if the revert clocked out the timer - a retransmission
is sent out immediately.
Backoffs are only reverted, if TCP is in RTO loss recovery, i.e. if
there have been retransmissions and reversible backoffs, already.
Changes from v2:
1) Renaming of skb in tcp_v4_err() moved to another patch.
2) Reintroduced tcp_bound_rto() and __tcp_set_rto().
3) Fixed code comments.
Signed-off-by: Damian Lukowski <damian@tvk.rwth-aachen.de>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support of dcbnl setapp/getapp to dcbnl_rtnl_ops in netdev to allow
LLDs to implement their corresponding dcbnl setapp/getapp ops to support
the IEEE 802.1Q DCBX setapp/getapp commands.
Signed-off-by: Yi Zou <yi.zou@intel.com>
Acked-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds dcbnl command definitions to support setapp/getapp
functionality from the IEEE 802.1Qaz Data Center Bridging Capability
Exchange protocol (DCBX) specification. Section 3.3 defines the
application protocol and its 802.1p user priority in DCBX, which is
implemented here as a pair of setapp/getapp commands in the kernel
dcbnl for setting and retrieving the user priority for an given
application protocol. The protocol is identified by the combination of
an id and an idtype. Currently, when idtype is 0, the corresponding
id gives the ether type of this protocol, e.g., for FCoE, it will be
0x8906; when idtype is 1, then the corresponding id gives the TCP or
UDP port number.
For more information regarding DCBX spec., please refer to the following:
http://www.ieee802.org/1/files/public/docs2008/
az-wadekar-dcbx-capability-exchange-discovery-protocol-1108-v1.01.pdf
Signed-off-by: Yi Zou <yi.zou@intel.com>
Acked-by: Peter P Waskiewicz Jr <peter.p.waskiewicz.jr@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ndo_fcoe_enable/_disable to net_device_ops so the corresponding
HW can initialize itself for FCoE traffic or clean up after FCoE traffic is
done. This is expected to be called by the kernel FCoE stack upon receiving
a request for creating an FCoE instance on the corresponding netdev interface.
When implemented by the actual HW, the HW driver check the op code to perform
corresponding initialization or clean up for FCoE. The initialization normally
includes allocating extra queues for FCoE, setting corresponding HW registers
for FCoE, indicating FCoE offload features via netdev, etc. The clean-up would
include releasing the resources allocated for FCoE.
Signed-off-by: Yi Zou <yi.zou@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In a couple of cases collapse some extra code like:
int retval = NETDEV_TX_OK;
...
return retval;
into
return NETDEV_TX_OK;
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The transmit function should only return one of three possible values,
some drivers got confused and returned errno's or other values.
This changes the definition so that this can be caught at compile time.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My previous patch (commit 4f8ee2c9cc: "lmb: Remove __init from
lmb_end_of_DRAM()") removed __init in lmb.c but missed the fact that it
was also marked as such in the .h
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add a new tracepoint which shows the pages that will be written using
write_cache_pages() by ext4_da_writepages().
Signed-off-by: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
The TUN driver lacks any LSM hooks which makes it difficult for LSM modules,
such as SELinux, to enforce access controls on network traffic generated by
TUN users; this is particularly problematic for virtualization apps such as
QEMU and KVM. This patch adds three new LSM hooks designed to control the
creation and attachment of TUN devices, the hooks are:
* security_tun_dev_create()
Provides access control for the creation of new TUN devices
* security_tun_dev_post_create()
Provides the ability to create the necessary socket LSM state for newly
created TUN devices
* security_tun_dev_attach()
Provides access control for attaching to existing, persistent TUN devices
and the ability to update the TUN device's socket LSM state as necessary
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Acked-by: Eric Paris <eparis@parisplace.org>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
For !DEBUG_SPINLOCK && !PREEMPT && SMP the spin_unlock()
functions were always inlined by using special defines which
would call the __raw* functions.
The out-of-line variants for these functions would be generated
anyway.
Use the new per unlock/locking variant mechanism to force
inlining of the unlock functions like before. This is not a
functional change, we just get rid of one additional way to
force inlining.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Horst Hartmann <horsth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Christian Ehrhardt <ehrhardt@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: <linux-arch@vger.kernel.org>
LKML-Reference: <20090831124418.848735034@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This allows an architecture to specify per lock variant if the
locking code should be kept out-of-line or inlined.
If an architecure wants out-of-line locking code no change is
needed. To force inlining of e.g. spin_lock() the line:
#define __always_inline__spin_lock
needs to be added to arch/<...>/include/asm/spinlock.h
If CONFIG_DEBUG_SPINLOCK or CONFIG_GENERIC_LOCKBREAK are
defined the per architecture defines are (partly) ignored and
still out-of-line spinlock code will be generated.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Horst Hartmann <horsth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Christian Ehrhardt <ehrhardt@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: <linux-arch@vger.kernel.org>
LKML-Reference: <20090831124418.375299024@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Move spinlock function bodies to header file by creating a
static inline version of each variant. Use the inline version
on the out-of-line code.
This shouldn't make any difference besides that the spinlock
code can now be used to generate inlined spinlock code.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Horst Hartmann <horsth@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Christian Ehrhardt <ehrhardt@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: Roman Zippel <zippel@linux-m68k.org>
Cc: <linux-arch@vger.kernel.org>
LKML-Reference: <20090831124417.859022429@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
init_preds() allocates about 5392 bytes of memory (on x86_32) for
a TRACE_EVENT. With my config, at system boot total memory occupied
is:
5392 * (642 + 15) == 3459KB
642 == cat available_events | wc -l
15 == number of dirs in events/ftrace
That's quite a lot, so we'd better defer memory allocation util
it's needed, that's when filter is used.
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Zanussi <tzanussi@gmail.com>
Cc: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@redhat.com>
LKML-Reference: <4A9B8EA5.6020700@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Patch compiled and 32 simultaneous netperf testing ran fine.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Initially I always meant this code to be shared, but things
ran away from me before I got to it.
This refactors the i915 and radeon kms fbdev interaction layers
out into generic helpers + driver specific pieces.
It moves all the panic/sysrq enhancements to the core file,
and stores a linked list of kernel fbs. This could possibly be
improved to only store the fb which has fbcon on it for panics
etc.
radeon retains some specific codes used for a big endian
workaround.
changes:
fix oops in v1
fix freeing path for crtc_info
Reviewed-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Drop prototype for non-existent next_timer_interrupt() function.
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Cc: akpm <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
LKML-Reference: <4A9ADEC0.70306@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
If the minalign is 64 bytes, then the 96 byte cache should not be created
because it would conflict with the 128 byte cache.
If the minalign is 256 bytes, patching the size_index table should not
result in a buffer overrun.
The calculation "(i - 1) / 8" used to access size_index[] is moved to
a separate function as suggested by Christoph Lameter.
Acked-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Aaro Koskinen <aaro.koskinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
async_raid6_2data_recov() recovers two data disk failures
async_raid6_datap_recov() recovers a data disk and the P disk
These routines are a port of the synchronous versions found in
drivers/md/raid6recov.c. The primary difference is breaking out the xor
operations into separate calls to async_xor. Two helper routines are
introduced to perform scalar multiplication where needed.
async_sum_product() multiplies two sources by scalar coefficients and
then sums (xor) the result. async_mult() simply multiplies a single
source by a scalar.
This implemention also includes, in contrast to the original
synchronous-only code, special case handling for the 4-disk and 5-disk
array cases. In these situations the default N-disk algorithm will
present 0-source or 1-source operations to dma devices. To cover for
dma devices where the minimum source count is 2 we implement 4-disk and
5-disk handling in the recovery code.
[ Impact: asynchronous raid6 recovery routines for 2data and datap cases ]
Cc: Yuri Tikhonov <yur@emcraft.com>
Cc: Ilya Yanok <yanok@emcraft.com>
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Noll <maan@systemlinux.org>
Acked-by: Maciej Sosnowski <maciej.sosnowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
[ Based on an original patch by Yuri Tikhonov ]
This adds support for doing asynchronous GF multiplication by adding
two additional functions to the async_tx API:
async_gen_syndrome() does simultaneous XOR and Galois field
multiplication of sources.
async_syndrome_val() validates the given source buffers against known P
and Q values.
When a request is made to run async_pq against more than the hardware
maximum number of supported sources we need to reuse the previous
generated P and Q values as sources into the next operation. Care must
be taken to remove Q from P' and P from Q'. For example to perform a 5
source pq op with hardware that only supports 4 sources at a time the
following approach is taken:
p, q = PQ(src0, src1, src2, src3, COEF({01}, {02}, {04}, {08}))
p', q' = PQ(p, q, q, src4, COEF({00}, {01}, {00}, {10}))
p' = p + q + q + src4 = p + src4
q' = {00}*p + {01}*q + {00}*q + {10}*src4 = q + {10}*src4
Note: 4 is the minimum acceptable maxpq otherwise we punt to
synchronous-software path.
The DMA_PREP_CONTINUE flag indicates to the driver to reuse p and q as
sources (in the above manner) and fill the remaining slots up to maxpq
with the new sources/coefficients.
Note1: Some devices have native support for P+Q continuation and can skip
this extra work. Devices with this capability can advertise it with
dma_set_maxpq. It is up to each driver how to handle the
DMA_PREP_CONTINUE flag.
Note2: The api supports disabling the generation of P when generating Q,
this is ignored by the synchronous path but is implemented by some dma
devices to save unnecessary writes. In this case the continuation
algorithm is simplified to only reuse Q as a source.
Cc: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Yuri Tikhonov <yur@emcraft.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilya Yanok <yanok@emcraft.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Noll <maan@systemlinux.org>
Acked-by: Maciej Sosnowski <maciej.sosnowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
We currently walk the parent chain when waiting for a given tx to
complete however this walk may race with the driver cleanup routine.
The routines in async_raid6_recov.c may fall back to the synchronous
path at any point so we need to be prepared to call async_tx_quiesce()
(which calls dma_wait_for_async_tx). To remove the ->parent walk we
guarantee that every time a dependency is attached ->issue_pending() is
invoked, then we can simply poll the initial descriptor until
completion.
This also allows for a lighter weight 'issue pending' implementation as
there is no longer a requirement to iterate through all the channels'
->issue_pending() routines as long as operations have been submitted in
an ordered chain. async_tx_issue_pending() is added for this case.
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Replace the flat zero_sum_result with a collection of flags to contain
the P (xor) zero-sum result, and the soon to be utilized Q (raid6 reed
solomon syndrome) zero-sum result. Use the SUM_CHECK_ namespace instead
of DMA_ since these flags will be used on non-dma-zero-sum enabled
platforms.
Reviewed-by: Andre Noll <maan@systemlinux.org>
Acked-by: Maciej Sosnowski <maciej.sosnowski@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
This patch adds a new device ID for those 5785 devices that will only
use 10/100 phys.
Signed-off-by: Matt Carlson <mcarlson@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
... to return irq_desc node info without #ifdefs at the callsites.
Signed-off-by: Yinghai Lu <yinghai@kernel.org>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
LKML-Reference: <4A95C350.8060308@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
When offlining CPUs from a multi-level tree, there is the
possibility of offlining the last CPU from a given node when
there are preempted RCU read-side critical sections that
started life on one of the CPUs on that node.
In this case, the corresponding tasks will be enqueued via the
task_struct's rcu_node_entry list_head onto one of the
rcu_node's blocked_tasks[] lists. These tasks need to be moved
somewhere else so that they will prevent the current grace
period from ending. That somewhere is the root rcu_node.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: laijs@cn.fujitsu.com
Cc: dipankar@in.ibm.com
Cc: akpm@linux-foundation.org
Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca
Cc: josht@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Cc: dvhltc@us.ibm.com
Cc: niv@us.ibm.com
Cc: peterz@infradead.org
Cc: rostedt@goodmis.org
LKML-Reference: <20090827215816.GA30472@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Add tracepoints for all itimer variants: ITIMER_REAL, ITIMER_VIRTUAL
and ITIMER_PROF.
[ tglx: Fixed comments and made the output more readable, parseable
and consistent. Replaced pid_vnr by pid_nr because the hrtimer
callback can happen in any namespace ]
Signed-off-by: Xiao Guangrong <xiaoguangrong@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca>
Cc: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Zhaolei <zhaolei@cn.fujitsu.com>
LKML-Reference: <4A7F8B6E.2010109@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Add tracepoints which cover the life cycle of a hrtimer. The
tracepoints are integrated with the already existing debug_object
debug points as far as possible.
[ tglx: Fixed comments, made output conistent, easier to read and
parse. Fixed output for 32bit archs which do not use the
scalar representation of ktime_t. Hand current time to
trace_hrtimer_expiry_entry instead of calling get_time()
inside of the trace assignment. ]
Signed-off-by: Xiao Guangrong <xiaoguangrong@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca>
Cc: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Zhaolei <zhaolei@cn.fujitsu.com>
LKML-Reference: <4A7F8B2B.5020908@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Add tracepoints which cover the timer life cycle. The tracepoints are
integrated with the already existing debug_object debug points as far
as possible.
Based on patches from
Mathieu: http://marc.info/?l=linux-kernel&m=123791201816247&w=2
and
Anton: http://marc.info/?l=linux-kernel&m=124331396919301&w=2
[ tglx: Fixed timeout value in timer_start tracepoint, massaged
comments and made the printk's more readable ]
Signed-off-by: Xiao Guangrong <xiaoguangrong@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Zhaolei <zhaolei@cn.fujitsu.com>
LKML-Reference: <4A7F8A9B.3040201@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
As struct skcipher_givcrypt_request includes struct crypto_request
at a non-zero offset, testing for NULL after converting the pointer
returned by crypto_dequeue_request does not work. This can result
in IPsec crashes when the queue is depleted.
This patch fixes it by doing the pointer conversion only when the
return value is non-NULL. In particular, we create a new function
__crypto_dequeue_request that does the pointer conversion.
Reported-by: Brad Bosch <bradbosch@comcast.net>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Introduce keepalive_probes(tp) helper, and use it, like
keepalive_time_when(tp) and keepalive_intvl_when(tp)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend SFI to access standard ACPI tables.
(eg. the PCI MCFG) using sfi_acpi_table_parse().
Note that this is _not_ a hybrid ACPI + SFI mode.
The platform boots in either ACPI mode or SFI mode.
SFI runs only with acpi_disabled=1, which can be set
at build-time via CONFIG_ACPI=n, or at boot time by
the failure to find ACPI platform support.
So this extension simply allows SFI-platforms to
re-use existing standard table formats that happen to
be defined to live in ACPI envelopes.
Signed-off-by: Feng Tang <feng.tang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
include/linux/include/sfi.h defines everything that customers
of SFI need to know in order to use the SFI suport in the kernel.
The primary API is sfi_table_parse(), where a driver or another part
of the kernel can supply a handler to parse the named table.
sfi.h also includes the currently defined table signatures and table
formats.
Signed-off-by: Feng Tang <feng.tang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
linux/acpi.h is the top level header for interfacing
with the ACPI sub-system, so acpi_disabled should be
up there instead of down in asm/acpi.h -- particularly
since asm/acpi.h doesn't exist for all architectures.
Same story for acpi_table_parse(), which is a top-level
API to Linux/ACPI.
This is necessary for building some code that
used to always depend on CONFIG_ACPI=y, but will soon
also need to build with CONFIG_ACPI=n.
Signed-off-by: Feng Tang <feng.tang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Linux/ACPI core files using internal.h all PREFIX "ACPI: ",
however, not all ACPI drivers use/want it -- and they
should not have to #undef PREFIX to define their own.
Add GPL commment to internal.h while we are there.
This does not change any actual console output,
asside from a whitespace fix.
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Version 20090730.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Problem with the name of one of the subtables.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Eliminate duplicated code in disassembler.
Shorten identifiers that were too long.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Add IVRS,MSCT,UEFI,WAET,WDAT.
Updated several existing tables for ACPI 4.0-related changes.
Added document references for all tables not defined in ACPI spec.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Split out the non-acpi-defined ACPI tables into the existing
(but empty) actbl2.h file. Preparation for new ACPI 4.0 tables.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Implement the "PMU LDO set voltage" and "PMU LDO PA ref enable"
functions, and use them during LP-PHY baseband init in b43.
Signed-off-by: Gábor Stefanik <netrolller.3d@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the libipw naming scheme change, it is no longer necessary for
mac80211 to avoid the ieee80211_rx name clash.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This eliminates the dual definition of ieee80211_channel (and possibly
others), further clarifying who defines what and paving the way for
inclusion of cfg80211.h.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The mesh config information element has changed significantly since draft 1.08
This patch brings it up to date.
Thanks to Sam Leffler and Rui Paulo for identifying this.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Martin Schwidefsky analyzed it:
To register a clocksource the clocksource_mutex is acquired and if
necessary timekeeping_notify is called to install the clocksource as
the timekeeper clock. timekeeping_notify uses stop_machine which needs
to take cpu_add_remove_lock mutex.
Starting a new cpu is done with the cpu_add_remove_lock mutex held.
native_cpu_up checks the tsc of the new cpu and if the tsc is no good
clocksource_change_rating is called. Which needs the clocksource_mutex
and the deadlock is complete.
The solution is to replace the TSC via the clocksource watchdog
mechanism. Mark the TSC as unstable and schedule the watchdog work so
it gets removed in the watchdog thread context.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
LKML-Reference: <new-submission>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Compounds consisting of only a sequence operation don't need any
additional caching beyond the sequence information we store in the slot
entry. Fix nfsd4_is_solo_sequence to identify this case correctly.
The additional check for a failed sequence in nfsd4_store_cache_entry()
is redundant, since the nfsd4_is_solo_sequence call lower down catches
this case.
The final ce_cachethis set in nfsd4_sequence is also redundant.
Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
TRACE_EVENT_FN relays on TRACE_EVENT by reprocessing its parameters
into the ftrace events CPP macro. This leads to a double substitution
in some cases.
For example, a bad consequence is a format always prefixed by
"%s, %s\n" for every TRACE_EVENT_FN based events.
Eg:
cat /debug/tracing/events/syscalls/sys_enter/format
[...]
print fmt: "%s, %s\n", "\"NR %ld (%lx, %lx, %lx, %lx, %lx, %lx)\"",\
"REC->id, REC->args[0], REC->args[1], REC->args[2], REC->args[3],\
REC->args[4], REC->args[5]"
This creates a failure in post-processing tools such as perf trace or
trace-cmd.
Then drop this double substitution and replace it by a new __cpparg()
macro that relays CPP arguments containing commas.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Josh Stone <jistone@redhat.com>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <srostedt@redhat.com>
Cc: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
LKML-Reference: <1251413406-6704-1-git-send-email-fweisbec@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Add a driver for the keypad controller on TWL4030 family chips.
These support up to an 8x8 key matrix. The TWL4030 multifunction
chips are mostly used on OMAP3 (or OMAP 2430) based boards.
[dtor@mail.ru: switch to matrix-keypad framework, fix changing
keymap from userspace]
Reviewed-by: Trilok Soni <soni.trilok@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
POWERPC needs this hook. SPARC could use it too.
Signed-off-by: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Acked-by: Becky Bruce <beckyb@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=13620
If the dynamic region is created and added to resource list over and over again,
it has the potential to be a memory leak by growing the list every time.
This patch fixes the memory leak, as below
1) add a new field "count" to struct acpi_res_list.
When inserting, if the region(addr, len) is already in the resource
list, we just increase "count", otherwise, the region is inserted
with count=1.
When deleting, the "count" is decreased, if it's decreased to 0,
the region is deleted from the resource list.
With "count", the region with same address and length can only be
inserted to the resource list once, so prevent potential memory leak.
2) add a new function acpi_os_invalidate_address, which is called when
region is deleted.
Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
The recent commit:
tracing/events: fix the include file dependencies
fixed a file dependency problem while including more than
one trace event header file.
This fix undefined TRACE_EVENT after an event header macro
preprocessing in order to make tracepoint.h able to correctly declare
the tracepoints necessary for the next event header file.
But now we also need to undefine TRACE_EVENT_FN at the end of an event
header file preprocessing for the same reason.
This fixes the following build error:
In file included from include/trace/events/napi.h:5,
from net/core/net-traces.c:28:
include/linux/tracepoint.h:285:1: warning: "TRACE_EVENT_FN" redefined
In file included from include/trace/define_trace.h:61,
from include/trace/events/skb.h:40,
from net/core/net-traces.c:27:
include/trace/ftrace.h:50:1: warning: this is the location of the previous definition
In file included from include/trace/events/napi.h:5,
from net/core/net-traces.c:28:
include/linux/tracepoint.h:285:1: warning: "TRACE_EVENT_FN" redefined
In file included from include/trace/define_trace.h:61,
from include/trace/events/skb.h:40,
from net/core/net-traces.c:27:
include/trace/ftrace.h:50:1: warning: this is the location of the previous definition
Reported-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@redhat.com>
Cc: Xiao Guangrong <xiaoguangrong@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
LKML-Reference: <20090827161732.GA7618@nowhere>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Add debug module option to snd core.
This controls the debug print level. When CONFIG_SND_DEBUG_VERBOSE
is set, you can suppress the debug messages by giving or changing this
parameter to a lower value. debug=0 means no debug messsages.
As default, it's set to the verbose level 2.
Since this option can be changed dynamically via sysfs file, you can
suppress the verbose debug messages on the fly, which wasn't possible
before.
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Update version number.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
FACS: new flag and new OspmFlags field.
SRAT: x2APIC - add ClockDomain field to descriptor #2
Includes header and disassembler support.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Handler was never invoked. Now invoked if/when host node is deleted.
Data object was not automatically deleted when host node was deleted.
Interface to handler had an unused parameter, removed it.
ACPICA BZ 778.
http://acpica.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=778
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Adds support for IPMI which is similar to SMBus and uses a bi-directional data buffer.
ACPICA BZ 773.
http://acpica.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=773
Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Completed a major update for the acpi_get_object_info external interface.
Changes include:
- Support for variable, unlimited length HID, UID, and CID strings
- Support Processor objects the same as Devices (HID,UID,CID,ADR,STA, etc.)
- Call the _SxW power methods on behalf of a device object
- Determine if a device is a PCI root bridge
- Change the ACPI_BUFFER parameter to ACPI_DEVICE_INFO.
These changes will require an update to all callers of this interface.
See the ACPICA Programmer Reference for details.
Also, update all invocations of acpi_get_object_info interface
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Needed by drivers for new ACPi tables. Internal versions of
these functions still use 32-bit max transfers, in order to
minimize disruption and stack use for the standard ACPI registers
(FADT-based).
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Some were defined twice, causes a warning with gcc
-Wredundant-decls.
Signed-off-by: Bob Moore <robert.moore@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Lin Ming <ming.m.lin@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
This buffer isn't needed after kmemleak was initialised so it can be
freed together with the .init.data section. This patch also marks
functions conditionally accessing the early log variables with __ref.
Signed-off-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
If the BIOS reports an invalid throttling state (which seems to be
fairly common after system boot), a reset is done to state T0.
Because of a check in acpi_processor_get_throttling_ptc(), the reset
never actually gets executed, which results in the error reoccurring
on every access of for example /proc/acpi/processor/CPU0/throttling.
Add a 'force' option to acpi_processor_set_throttling() to ensure
the reset really takes effect.
Addresses http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=13389
This patch, together with the next one, fixes a regression introduced in
2.6.30, listed on the regression list. They have been available for 2.5
months now in bugzilla, but have not been picked up, despite various
reminders and without any reason given.
Google shows that numerous people are hitting this issue. The issue is in
itself relatively minor, but the bug in the code is clear.
The patches have been in all my kernels and today testing has shown that
throttling works correctly with the patches applied when the system
overheats (http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=13918#c14).
Signed-off-by: Frans Pop <elendil@planet.nl>
Acked-by: Zhang Rui <rui.zhang@intel.com>
Cc: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org>
Cc: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rjw@sisk.pl>
Cc: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
It's problematic to allow signed element_nr's or total's to be passed as
part of the flex array API.
flex_array_alloc() allows total_nr_elements to be set to a negative
quantity, which is obviously erroneous.
flex_array_get() and flex_array_put() allows negative array indices in
dereferencing an array part, which could address memory mapped before
struct flex_array.
The fix is to convert all existing element_nr formals to be qualified as
unsigned. Existing checks to compare it to total_nr_elements or the max
array size based on element_size need not be changed.
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Dave Hansen <dave@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The `parts' member of struct flex_array should evaluate to an incomplete
type so that sizeof() cannot be used and C99 does not require the
zero-length specification.
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Acked-by: Dave Hansen <dave@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Several functions in the GEM kernel API used int as handle type, but
user API has it __u32 which is also the intended type.
Replace int with u32.
Signed-off-by: Pekka Paalanen <pq@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Reason: Change to is_new_memtype_allowed() in x86/urgent
Resolved semantic conflicts in:
arch/x86/mm/pat.c
arch/x86/mm/ioremap.c
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
Only IA64 was using PG_uncached as of now. We now intend to use this bit
in x86 as well, to keep track of memory type of those addresses that
have page struct for them. So, generalize the use of that bit across
ia64 and x86.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Pallipadi <venkatesh.pallipadi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
io_mapping_* interfaces were added, mainly for graphics drivers.
Make this interface go through the PAT reserve/free, instead of
hardcoding WC mapping. This makes sure that there are no
aliases due to unconditional WC setting.
Signed-off-by: Venkatesh Pallipadi <venkatesh.pallipadi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
If a radio controller reset attempt occurs while a probe() or remove()
is in progress it fails and is retried endlessly, potentially preventing
the probe() or remove() from completing.
If a reset fails, sleep for a bit before retrying the reset. This
allows the probe()/remove() to complete.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
The lockdep annotations rcu_read_acquire() and rcu_read_release()
might lead to infinite looping if called from lockdep. So this patch
removes them. Formal repost of http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/8/25/309
on the strength of Lai Jiangshan's review.
Suggested-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Suggested-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca>
Reviewed-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: dipankar@in.ibm.com
Cc: akpm@linux-foundation.org
Cc: josht@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Cc: dvhltc@us.ibm.com
Cc: niv@us.ibm.com
Cc: peterz@infradead.org
Cc: rostedt@goodmis.org
LKML-Reference: <20090826015337.GA18904@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Implement all issues related to RemoteBusy in the RECV state table.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The commit:
commit 5ac35daa93
Author: Xiao Guangrong <xiaoguangrong@cn.fujitsu.com>
tracing/events: fix the include file dependencies
Moved the TRACE_EVENT out of the ifdef protection of tracepoints.h
but uses the define of TRACE_EVENT itself as protection. This patch
adds comments to explain why.
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
The TRACE_EVENT depends on the include/linux/tracepoint.h first
and include/trace/ftrace.h later, if we include the ftrace.h early,
a building error will occur.
Both define TRACE_EVENT in trace_a.h and trace_b.h, if we include
those in .c file, like this:
#define CREATE_TRACE_POINTS
include <trace/events/trace_a.h>
include <trace/events/trace_b.h>
The above will not work, because the TRACE_EVENT was re-defined by
the previous .h file.
Reported-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Xiao Guangrong <xiaoguangrong@cn.fujitsu.com>
LKML-Reference: <4A937F5E.3020802@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Usually, char * entries are dangerous in traces because the string
can be released whereas a pointer to it can still wait to be read from
the ring buffer.
But sometimes we can assume it's safe, like in case of RO data
(eg: __file__ or __line__, used in bkl trace event). If these RO data
are in a module and so is the call to the trace event, then it's safe,
because the ring buffer will be flushed once this module get unloaded.
To allow char * to be treated as a string:
TRACE_EVENT(...,
TP_STRUCT__entry(
__field_ext(const char *, name, FILTER_PTR_STRING)
...
)
...
);
The filtering will not dereference "char *" unless the developer
explicitly sets FILTER_PTR_STR in __field_ext.
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
LKML-Reference: <4A7B9287.90205@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Add __field_ext(), so a field can be assigned to a specific
filter_type, which matches a corresponding filter function.
For example, a later patch will allow this:
__field_ext(const char *, str, FILTER_PTR_STR);
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
LKML-Reference: <4A7B9272.6050709@cn.fujitsu.com>
[
Fixed a -1 to FILTER_OTHER
Forward ported to latest kernel.
]
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
While debugging the scheduler push / pull algorithm, I found
it very annoying that the sched wake up events did not show
the CPU that the task was waking on. In order to analyze the
scheduler, I needed that information.
This patch adds recording of the CPU that a task is waking up
on.
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
This converts the syscall_enter/exit tracepoints into TRACE_EVENTs, so
you can have generic ftrace events that capture all system calls with
arguments and return values. These generic events are also renamed to
sys_enter/exit, so they're more closely aligned to the specific
sys_enter_foo events.
Signed-off-by: Josh Stone <jistone@redhat.com>
Cc: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca>
Cc: Jiaying Zhang <jiayingz@google.com>
Cc: Martin Bligh <mbligh@google.com>
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
LKML-Reference: <1251150194-1713-5-git-send-email-jistone@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
It's not strictly correct for the tracepoint reg/unreg callbacks to
occur when a client is hooking up, because the actual tracepoint may not
be present yet. This happens to be fine for syscall, since that's in
the core kernel, but it would cause problems for tracepoints defined in
a module that hasn't been loaded yet. It also means the reg/unreg has
to be EXPORTed for any modules to use the tracepoint (as in SystemTap).
This patch removes DECLARE_TRACE_WITH_CALLBACK, and instead introduces
DEFINE_TRACE_FN which stores the callbacks in struct tracepoint. The
callbacks are used now when the active state of the tracepoint changes
in set_tracepoint & disable_tracepoint.
This also introduces TRACE_EVENT_FN, so ftrace events can also provide
registration callbacks if needed.
Signed-off-by: Josh Stone <jistone@redhat.com>
Cc: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca>
Cc: Jiaying Zhang <jiayingz@google.com>
Cc: Martin Bligh <mbligh@google.com>
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
LKML-Reference: <1251150194-1713-4-git-send-email-jistone@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
The syscall enter/exit tracepoints are only supported on archs that
HAVE_SYSCALL_TRACEPOINTS, so the declarations should be #ifdef'ed.
Also, the definition of syscall_regfunc and syscall_unregfunc should
depend on this same config, rather than the ftrace-specific one.
Signed-off-by: Josh Stone <jistone@redhat.com>
Cc: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca>
Cc: Jiaying Zhang <jiayingz@google.com>
Cc: Martin Bligh <mbligh@google.com>
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
LKML-Reference: <1251150194-1713-3-git-send-email-jistone@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Consitfy nlmsghdr arguments to a couple of functions as preparation
for the next patch, which will constify the netlink message data in
all nfnetlink users.
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The function is supposed to be called from the primary IRQ
handler for a demultiplexing chip so make a protype visible for
them.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Cc: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
LKML-Reference: <1251142084-9852-1-git-send-email-broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Provide the ability to configure a counter to send its output
to another (already existing) counter's output stream.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: stephane eranian <eranian@googlemail.com>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
LKML-Reference: <20090819092023.980284148@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
2.6.30's commit 8a0bdec194 removed
user_shm_lock() calls in hugetlb_file_setup() but left the
user_shm_unlock call in shm_destroy().
In detail:
Assume that can_do_hugetlb_shm() returns true and hence user_shm_lock()
is not called in hugetlb_file_setup(). However, user_shm_unlock() is
called in any case in shm_destroy() and in the following
atomic_dec_and_lock(&up->__count) in free_uid() is executed and if
up->__count gets zero, also cleanup_user_struct() is scheduled.
Note that sched_destroy_user() is empty if CONFIG_USER_SCHED is not set.
However, the ref counter up->__count gets unexpectedly non-positive and
the corresponding structs are freed even though there are live
references to them, resulting in a kernel oops after a lots of
shmget(SHM_HUGETLB)/shmctl(IPC_RMID) cycles and CONFIG_USER_SCHED set.
Hugh changed Stefan's suggested patch: can_do_hugetlb_shm() at the
time of shm_destroy() may give a different answer from at the time
of hugetlb_file_setup(). And fixed newseg()'s no_id error path,
which has missed user_shm_unlock() ever since it came in 2.6.9.
Reported-by: Stefan Huber <shuber2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hugh Dickins <hugh.dickins@tiscali.co.uk>
Tested-by: Stefan Huber <shuber2@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
smc91x: let smc91x work well under netpoll
pxaficp-ir: remove incorrect net_device_ops
NET: llc, zero sockaddr_llc struct
drivers/net: fixed drivers that support netpoll use ndo_start_xmit()
netpoll: warning for ndo_start_xmit returns with interrupts enabled
net: Fix Micrel KSZ8842 Kconfig description
netfilter: xt_quota: fix wrong return value (error case)
ipv6: Fix commit 63d9950b08 (ipv6: Make v4-mapped bindings consistent with IPv4)
E100: fix interaction with swiotlb on X86.
pkt_sched: Convert CBQ to tasklet_hrtimer.
pkt_sched: Convert qdisc_watchdog to tasklet_hrtimer
rtl8187: always set MSR_LINK_ENEDCA flag with RTL8187B
ibm_newemac: emac_close() needs to call netif_carrier_off()
net: fix ks8851 build errors
net: Rename MAC platform driver for w90p910 platform
yellowfin: Fix buffer underrun after dev_alloc_skb() failure
orinoco: correct key bounds check in orinoco_hw_get_tkip_iv
mac80211: fix todo lock
The inputted table is never modified, so should be considered const.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch changes the way in which "multi-evt" interrups are handled.
The intc_evt2irq_table and related intc_evt2irq() have been removed and
the "redirecting" handler is installed for the coupled interrupts.
Thanks to that the do_IRQ() function don't have to use another level
of indirection for all the interrupts...
Signed-off-by: Pawel Moll <pawel.moll@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Stuart Menefy <stuart.menefy@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
vfs_read() offset is defined as loff_t, but kernel_read()
offset is only defined as unsigned long. Redefine
kernel_read() offset as loff_t.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This code allows RDS to be tunneled over a TCP connection.
RDMA operations are disabled when using TCP transport,
but this frees RDS from the IB/RDMA stack dependency, and allows
it to be used with standard Ethernet adapters, or in a VM.
Signed-off-by: Andy Grover <andy.grover@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create a kernel/rcutree_plugin.h file that contains definitions
for preemptable RCU (or, under the #else branch of the #ifdef,
empty definitions for the classic non-preemptable semantics).
These definitions fit into plugins defined in kernel/rcutree.c
for this purpose.
This variant of preemptable RCU uses a new algorithm whose
read-side expense is roughly that of classic hierarchical RCU
under CONFIG_PREEMPT. This new algorithm's update-side expense
is similar to that of classic hierarchical RCU, and, in absence
of read-side preemption or blocking, is exactly that of classic
hierarchical RCU. Perhaps more important, this new algorithm
has a much simpler implementation, saving well over 1,000 lines
of code compared to mainline's implementation of preemptable
RCU, which will hopefully be retired in favor of this new
algorithm.
The simplifications are obtained by maintaining per-task
nesting state for running tasks, and using a simple
lock-protected algorithm to handle accounting when tasks block
within RCU read-side critical sections, making use of lessons
learned while creating numerous user-level RCU implementations
over the past 18 months.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: laijs@cn.fujitsu.com
Cc: dipankar@in.ibm.com
Cc: akpm@linux-foundation.org
Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca
Cc: josht@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Cc: dvhltc@us.ibm.com
Cc: niv@us.ibm.com
Cc: peterz@infradead.org
Cc: rostedt@goodmis.org
LKML-Reference: <12509746134003-git-send-email->
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
None of this stuff should execute in hw IRQ context, therefore
use a tasklet_hrtimer so that it runs in softirq context.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
When we moved the device handler functionality from dm layer to SCSI layer
we dropped the parameter functionality.
This path adds an interface to scsi dh layer to set device handler
parameters.
Basically, multipath layer need to create a string with all the parameters
and call scsi_dh_set_params() after it called scsi_dh_attach() on a
device.
If a device handler provides such an interface it will handle the parameters
as it expects them.
Reported-by: Eddie Williams <Eddie.Williams@steeleye.com>
Signed-off-by: Chandra Seetharaman <sekharan@us.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Eddie Williams <Eddie.Williams@steeleye.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
Right at the moment, hot removal of a device within an enclosure does
nothing (because the intf_remove only copes with enclosure removal not
with component removal). Fix this by adding a function to remove the
component. Also needed to fix the prototype of
enclosure_remove_device, since we know the device we've removed but
not the internal component number
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
In a situation either with expanders or with multiple enclosure
devices, hot add doesn't always work. This is because we try to find
a single enclosure device attached to the host. Fix this by looping
over all enclosure devices attached to the host and also by making the
find loop recognise that the enclosure devices may be expander remote
(i.e. not parented by the host).
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
FC_FRAME_SG_LEN is 4 which is too small when offload is enabled. Actually, the
WARN_ON() in fc_fcp_send_data() should be:
WARN_ON(skb_shinfo(fp_skb(fp))->nr_frags > MAX_SKB_FRAGS);
But since we will not get anything more than 64K anyway, so there is no need
to do this anyway here. Therefore, I am getting rid of FC_FRAME_SG_LEN here
and the WARN_ON here.
Signed-off-by: Yi Zou <yi.zou@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
Modifies current code to use EM anchor list in EM allocation, EM free,
EM reset, exch allocation and exch lookup code paths.
1. Modifies fc_exch_mgr_alloc to accept EM match function and then
have allocated EM added to the lport using fc_exch_mgr_add API
while also updating EM kref for newly added EM.
2. Updates fc_exch_mgr_free API to accept only lport pointer instead
EM and then have this API free all EMs of the lport from EM anchor
list.
3. Removes single lport pointer link from the EM, which was used in
associating lport pointer in newly allocated exchange. Instead have
lport pointer passed along new exchange allocation call path and
then store passed lport pointer in newly allocated exchange, this
will allow a single EM instance to be used across more than one
lport and used in EM reset to reset only lport specific exchanges.
4. Modifies fc_exch_mgr_reset to reset all EMs from the EM anchor list
of the lport, adds additional exch lport pointer (ep->lp) check for
shared EM case to reset exchange specific to a lport requested reset.
5. Updates exch allocation API fc_exch_alloc to use EM anchor list and
its anchor match func pointer. The fc_exch_alloc will walk the list
of EMs until it finds a match, a match will be either null match
func pointer or call to match function returning true value.
6. Updates fc_exch_recv to accept incoming frame on local port using
only lport pointer and frame pointer without specifying EM instance
of incoming frame. Instead modified fc_exch_recv to locate EM for the
incoming frame by matching xid of incoming frame against a EM xid range.
This change was required to use EM list in libfc Rx path and after this
change the lport fc_exch_mgr pointer emp is not needed anymore, so
removed emp pointer.
7. Updates fnic for removed lport emp pointer and above modified libfc APIs
fc_exch_recv, fc_exch_mgr_alloc and fc_exch_mgr_free.
8. Removes exch_get and exch_put from libfc_function_template as these
are no longer needed with EM anchor list and its match function use.
Also removes its default function fc_exch_get.
A defect this patch introduced regarding the libfc initialization order in
the fnic driver was fixed by Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>.
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
Currently there is a 1:1 relationship between the lport
and exchange manager. This macro takes an EM as an argument
and determines the lport from it. However, later patches
will use an EM list per lport, so we will no longer have
this 1:1 relationship- this macro must change.
The FC_EM_DBG macro is rarely used. There are four callers,
two can use FC_LPORT_DBG instead and two can be removed
since they're not necessary. This patch makes those changes
and removes the macro.
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
Adds EM list using a anchor struct fc_exch_mgr_anchor, anchor is used
to allow same EM instance sharing across more than one lport on a eth
device, this implementation is per discussed design posted at
http://www.open-fcoe.org/pipermail/devel/2009-June/002566.html.
The shared EM is required for multiple lports on eth device when
using multiple VLANs or NPIV.
Adds fc_exch_mgr_add API to add a EM to the lport and fc_exch_mgr_del
API to delete previously added EM.
Also adds function fc_exch_mgr_destroy() to destroy allocated EM.
The kref is added to the EM to keep track of EM usage count, the EM is
destroyed when no longer in use upon kref reaching to zero.
The caller can specify match function to fc_exch_mgr_add, this
will be used in determining exchange allocation from its EM or not.
Moved calling of fcoe_em_config below fcoe_libfc_config calling,
so that list head lp->ema_list is initialized before configuring
EM.
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
State RPORT_ST_NONE was intented to be an invalid state (0), never used.
This was a misguided attempt to be sure it was always initialized.
Having an extra state meaning nothing requires switch statements to
have a case covering that state.
State NONE has been used instead to mean the remote port is being deleted.
Changing the name to RPORT_ST_DELETE.
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
The state NONE was meant to be invalid, but has been used as
the initial state. Rename it to be DISABLED, as more descriptive.
Further patches will make it the like the RESET state, except
it won't transition to FLOGI until fc_lport_fabric_login() is called.
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
libfc debug messages currently show 'lport: <fc-id>:'
wher <fc-id> is the hex assigned port-id. When the lport
is logged off, that will be zero, so its hard to distinguish
which instance is involved. The FC-ID can change
if the port is re-patched or changes VSANs.
Two lports may even have the same FC-ID if connected to isolated SANs.
Change the debug messages to print the SCSI host number "hostN:",
which will not change for the life of the lport.
Still show the FC_ID on lport messages.
Also, add a macro to FC_RPORT_ID_DBG for rport debugging where there's
no rdata structure involved. It takes the lport and port_id as parameters.
Use this in fc_rport_recv_plogi_req() and fc_rport_recv_logo_req().
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
This is unlikely to cause any problems, but the libfc debug macros
introduce extra undesirable semicolons.
Signed-off-by: Joe Eykholt <jeykholt@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
Problem reported: http://marc.info/?l=dm-devel&m=124585978305866&w=2
scsi_dh does not do a refernce count for attach/detach, and this affects
the way it is supposed to work with multipath when a device is not
in the dev_list of the hardware handler.
This patch adds a reference count that counts each attach.
Signed-off-by: Chandra Seetharaman <sekharan@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
When using DEFER_SETUP on a RFCOMM socket, a SABM frame triggers
authorization which when rejected send a DM response. This is fine
according to the RFCOMM spec:
the responding implementation may replace the "proper" response
on the Multiplexer Control channel with a DM frame, sent on the
referenced DLCI to indicate that the DLCI is not open, and that
the responder would not grant a request to open it later either.
But some stacks doesn't seems to cope with this leaving DLCI 0 open after
receiving DM frame.
To fix it properly a timer was introduced to rfcomm_session which is used
to set a timeout when the last active DLC of a session is unlinked, this
will give the remote stack some time to reply with a proper DISC frame on
DLCI 0 avoiding both sides sending DISC to each other on stacks that
follow the specification and taking care of those who don't by taking
down DLCI 0.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.dentz@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Introduce a core framework for run-time power management of I/O
devices. Add device run-time PM fields to 'struct dev_pm_info'
and device run-time PM callbacks to 'struct dev_pm_ops'. Introduce
a run-time PM workqueue and define some device run-time PM helper
functions at the core level. Document all these things.
Special thanks to Alan Stern for his help with the design and
multiple detailed reviews of the pereceding versions of this patch
and to Magnus Damm for testing feedback.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Magnus Damm <damm@igel.co.jp>
Support for receiving of SREJ frames as specified by the state table.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When L2CAP loses an I-frame we send a SREJ frame to the transmitter side
requesting the lost packet. This patch implement all Recv I-frame events
on SREJ_SENT state table except the ones that deal with SendRej (the REJ
exception at receiver side is yet not implemented).
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Implement CRC16 check for L2CAP packets. FCS is used by Streaming Mode and
Enhanced Retransmission Mode and is a extra check for the packet content.
Using CRC16 is the default, L2CAP won't use FCS only when both side send
a "No FCS" request.
Initially based on a patch from Nathan Holstein <nathan@lampreynetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
L2CAP uses retransmission and monitor timers to inquiry the other side
about unacked I-frames. After sending each I-frame we (re)start the
retransmission timer. If it expires, we start a monitor timer that send a
S-frame with P bit set and wait for S-frame with F bit set. If monitor
timer expires, try again, at a maximum of L2CAP_DEFAULT_MAX_TX.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When receiving an I-frame with unexpected txSeq, receiver side start the
recovery procedure by sending a REJ S-frame to the transmitter side. So
the transmitter can re-send the lost I-frame.
This patch just adds a basic support for retransmission, it doesn't
mean that ERTM now has full support for packet retransmission.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
ERTM should use Segmentation and Reassembly to break down a SDU in many
PDUs on sending data to the other side.
On sending packets we queue all 'segments' until end of segmentation and
just the add them to the queue for sending. On receiving we create a new
SKB with the SDU reassembled.
Initially based on a patch from Nathan Holstein <nathan@lampreynetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for ERTM transfers, without retransmission, with
txWindow up to 63 and with acknowledgement of packets received. Now the
packets are queued before call l2cap_do_send(), so packets couldn't be
sent at the time we call l2cap_sock_sendmsg(). They will be sent in
an asynchronous way on later calls of l2cap_ertm_send(). Besides if an
error occurs on calling l2cap_do_send() we disconnect the channel.
Initially based on a patch from Nathan Holstein <nathan@lampreynetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add support to config_req and config_rsp to configure ERTM and Streaming
mode. If the remote device specifies ERTM or Streaming mode, then the
same mode is proposed. Otherwise ERTM or Basic mode is used. And in case
of a state 2 device, the remote device should propose the same mode. If
not, then the channel gets disconnected.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <gustavo@las.ic.unicamp.br>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To enable Enhanced Retransmission mode it needs to be set via a socket
option. A different mode can be set on a socket, but on listen() and
connect() the mode is checked and ERTM is only allowed if it is enabled
via the module parameter.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
hdev->req_lock is used as mutex so make it a mutex.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The device model itself has no real usable reference counting at the
moment and this causes problems if parents are deleted before their
children. The device model itself handles the memory details of this
correctly, but the uevent order is not consistent. This causes various
problems for systems like HAL or even X.
So until device_put() does a proper cleanup, the device for Bluetooth
connection will be protected with an extra reference counting to ensure
the correct order of uevents when connections are terminated.
This is not an automatic feature. Higher Bluetooth layers like HIDP or
BNEP should grab this new reference to ensure that their uevents are
send before the ones from the parent device.
Based on a report by Brian Rogers <brian@xyzw.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
A couple of references to CONFIG_CLASSIC_RCU have survived.
Although these are harmless, it is past time for them to go.
The one in hardirq.h is strictly a readability problem.
The two in pagemap.h appear to disable a !SMP performance
optimization (which this patch re-enables).
This does raise the issue as to whether pagemap.h should really
be referring to the CPU implementation. Long term, I intend to
make the RCU implementation driven by CONFIG_PREEMPT, at which
point these should change from defined(CONFIG_TREE_RCU) to
!defined(CONFIG_PREEMPT). In the meantime, is there something
else that could be done in pagemap.h?
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: laijs@cn.fujitsu.com
Cc: dipankar@in.ibm.com
Cc: akpm@linux-foundation.org
Cc: mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca
Cc: josht@linux.vnet.ibm.com
Cc: dvhltc@us.ibm.com
Cc: niv@us.ibm.com
Cc: peterz@infradead.org
Cc: rostedt@goodmis.org
LKML-Reference: <20090822050851.GA8414@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Some of the NOPs tables aren't used on 64-bits, quite some code and
data is needed post-init for module loading only, and a couple of
functions aren't used outside that file (i.e. can be static, and don't
need to be exported).
The change to __INITDATA/__INITRODATA is needed to avoid an assembler
warning.
Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich <jbeulich@novell.com>
LKML-Reference: <4A8BC8A00200007800010823@vpn.id2.novell.com>
Acked-by: Sam Ravnborg <sam@ravnborg.org>
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
After talking with some application writers who want very fast, but not
fine-grained timestamps, I decided to try to implement new clock_ids
to clock_gettime(): CLOCK_REALTIME_COARSE and CLOCK_MONOTONIC_COARSE
which returns the time at the last tick. This is very fast as we don't
have to access any hardware (which can be very painful if you're using
something like the acpi_pm clocksource), and we can even use the vdso
clock_gettime() method to avoid the syscall. The only trade off is you
only get low-res tick grained time resolution.
This isn't a new idea, I know Ingo has a patch in the -rt tree that made
the vsyscall gettimeofday() return coarse grained time when the
vsyscall64 sysctrl was set to 2. However this affects all applications
on a system.
With this method, applications can choose the proper speed/granularity
trade-off for themselves.
Signed-off-by: John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <andi@firstfloor.org>
Cc: nikolag@ca.ibm.com
Cc: Darren Hart <dvhltc@us.ibm.com>
Cc: arjan@infradead.org
Cc: jonathan@jonmasters.org
LKML-Reference: <1250734414.6897.5.camel@localhost.localdomain>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
* 'drm-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/airlied/drm-2.6:
drm/radeon: add GET_PARAM/INFO support for Z pipes
drm/radeon/kms: add r100/r200 OQ support.
drm: Fix sysfs device confusion.
drm/radeon/kms: implement the bo busy ioctl properly.
When 'and'ing two bitmasks (where 'andnot' is a variation on it), some
cases want to know whether the result is the empty set or not. In
particular, the TLB IPI sending code wants to do cpumask operations and
determine if there are any CPU's left in the final set.
So this just makes the bitmask (and cpumask) functions return a boolean
for whether the result has any bits set.
Cc: stable@kernel.org (2.6.30, needed by TLB shootdown fix)
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Currently when built with DEBUG DAPM will dump information about
the power state decisions it is taking for each widget to dmesg.
This isn't an ideal way of getting the information - it requires
a kernel build to turn it on and off and for large hub CODECs the
volume of information is so large as to be illegible. When the
output goes to the console it can also cause a noticable impact
on performance simply to print it out.
Improve the situation by adding a dapm directory to our debugfs
tree containing a file per widget with the same information in
it. This still requires a decision to build with debugfs support
but is easier to navigate and much less intrusive.
In addition to the previously displayed information active streams
are also shown in these files.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
When a SETCLIENTID call comes in, one of the args given is the svc_rqst.
This struct contains an rq_addr field which holds the address that sent
the call. If this is an IPv6 address, then we can use the sin6_scope_id
field in this address to populate the sin6_scope_id field in the
callback address.
AFAICT, the rq_addr.sin6_scope_id is non-zero if and only if the client
mounted the server's link-local address.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
...rather than as a separate address and port fields. This will be
necessary for implementing callbacks over IPv6. Also, convert
gen_callback to use the standard rpcuaddr2sockaddr routine rather than
its own private one.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
It's currently a __be32, which isn't big enough to hold an IPv6 address.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
lockd needs these sort of routines, as does the NFSv4 callback code.
Move lockd's routines into common code and rename them so that they can
be used by others.
Signed-off-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
This patch enables ADC filtering on UCB1400 codec by default. The
benefit from this change is mostly on some Colibri boards where
the ADCSYNC pin of the UCB1400 codec isn't connected causing the
touchscreen to jitter very badly. This change has no visible
effect on boards where the ADCSYNC pin is connected.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Palo Revak <palo@bielyvlk.sk>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
The previous patch assumes the ioctl already existed, when
it actually didn't.
It also didn't return the correct error code.
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
This include is needed for the definition of delayed_work.
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This driver is very simple.
It support playback only now.
This patch is tested by ms7724se board.
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <morimoto.kuninori@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
My patch "cfg80211: fix deadlock" broke the code it
was supposed to fix, the scan request checking. But
it's not trivial to put it back the way it was, since
the original patch had a deadlock.
Now do it in a completely new way: queue the check
off to a work struct, where we can freely lock. But
that has some more complications, like needing to
wait for it to be done before the wiphy/rdev can be
destroyed, so some code is required to handle that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All but two drivers have now stopped using the two
deprecated members radio_enabled and beacon_int,
so it's about time to remove them for good.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Over time, a whole bunch of drivers have come up
with their own scheme to delay the configure_filter
operation to a workqueue. To be able to simplify
things, allow configure_filter to sleep, and add
a new prepare_multicast callback that drivers that
need the multicast address list implement. This new
callback must be atomic, but most drivers either
don't care or just calculate a hash which can be
done atomically and then uploaded to the hardware
non-atomically.
A cursory look suggests that at76c50x-usb, ar9170,
mwl8k (which is actually very broken now), rt2x00,
wl1251, wl1271 and zd1211 should make use of this
new capability.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is the driver for Sentelic Finger Sensing Pad which can be found
on MSI WIND Netbook.
Signed-off-by: Tai-hwa Liang <avatar@sentelic.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
There are not maste devices in mac802154 anymore, so drop
ARPHRD_IEEE802154_PHY definition.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
IEEE 802.15.4-2006 adds new concept: channel pages, which can contain several
channels. Add support for channel pages in the API and in the fakehard driver.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
* 'drm-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/airlied/drm-2.6:
drm/kms: teardown crtc correctly when fb is destroyed.
drm/kms/radeon: cleanup combios TV table like DDX.
drm/radeon/kms: memset the allocated framebuffer before using it.
drm/radeon/kms: although LVDS might be possible on crtc 1 don't do it.
drm/radeon/kms: implement bo busy check + current domain
drm/radeon/kms: cut down indirects in register accesses.
drm/radeon/kms: Fix up vertical blank interrupt support.
drm/radeon/kms: add rv530 R300_SU_REG_DEST + reloc for ZPASS_ADDR
drm/edid: fixup detailed timings like the X server.
drm/radeon/kms: Add specific rs690 authorized register table
Extract duplicate code. Also prepare for the later patch.
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
LKML-Reference: <4A8BAFB8.1010304@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This parameter is needed by syscall events to add define_fields()
handler.
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
LKML-Reference: <4A8BAF90.6060801@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Common resources, like memory accounting and swap lists should be
global and not per device. Introduce a struct ttm_bo_global to
accomodate this, and register it with sysfs. Add a small sysfs interface
to return the number of active buffer objects.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@linux.ie>
Use inclusive zones to simplify accounting and its sysfs representation.
Use DMA32 accounting where applicable.
Add a sysfs interface to make the heuristically determined limits
readable and configurable.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@linux.ie>
Export utility functions for drivers to add specialized devices in the
sysfs drm class subdirectory.
Initially this will be needed form TTM to add a virtual device that
handles power management.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@linux.ie>
A micro-optimization on the function ttm_kmap_obj_virtual().
By defining the values of enum ttm_bo_kmap_obj::bo_kmap_type to have a
bit indicating iomem, size of the function ttm_kmap_obj_virtual() will be
reduced by 16 bytes on x86_64 (gcc 4.1.2).
ttm_kmap_obj_virtual() may be heavily used, when buffer objects are
accessed via wrappers, that work for both kinds of memory addresses:
iomem cookies and kernel virtual.
Signed-off-by: Pekka Paalanen <pq@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Now that we're using the scaling property in the Intel driver I noticed
that the names were a bit confusing. I've corrected them according to
our discussion on IRC and the mailing list, though I've left out
potential new additions for a new scaling property with an integer (or
two) for the scaling factor. None of the drivers implement that today,
but if someone wants to do it, I think it could be done with the
addition of a single new type and a new property to describe the
scaling factor in the X and Y directions.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Acked-by: Alex Deucher <alexdeucher@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
I misunderstood the meaning of __bitwise. In practice it makes sparse
warn about every use of mmds which is certainly not what we want.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 2ff05b2b (oom: move oom_adj value) moveed the oom_adj value to
the mm_struct. It was a very good first step for sanitize OOM.
However Paul Menage reported the commit makes regression to his job
scheduler. Current OOM logic can kill OOM_DISABLED process.
Why? His program has the code of similar to the following.
...
set_oom_adj(OOM_DISABLE); /* The job scheduler never killed by oom */
...
if (vfork() == 0) {
set_oom_adj(0); /* Invoked child can be killed */
execve("foo-bar-cmd");
}
....
vfork() parent and child are shared the same mm_struct. then above
set_oom_adj(0) doesn't only change oom_adj for vfork() child, it's also
change oom_adj for vfork() parent. Then, vfork() parent (job scheduler)
lost OOM immune and it was killed.
Actually, fork-setting-exec idiom is very frequently used in userland program.
We must not break this assumption.
Then, this patch revert commit 2ff05b2b and related commit.
Reverted commit list
---------------------
- commit 2ff05b2b4e (oom: move oom_adj value from task_struct to mm_struct)
- commit 4d8b9135c3 (oom: avoid unnecessary mm locking and scanning for OOM_DISABLE)
- commit 8123681022 (oom: only oom kill exiting tasks with attached memory)
- commit 933b787b57 (mm: copy over oom_adj value at fork time)
Signed-off-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (60 commits)
net: restore gnet_stats_basic to previous definition
NETROM: Fix use of static buffer
e1000e: fix use of pci_enable_pcie_error_reporting
e1000e: WoL does not work on 82577/82578 with manageability enabled
cnic: Fix locking in init/exit calls.
cnic: Fix locking in start/stop calls.
bnx2: Use mutex on slow path cnic calls.
cnic: Refine registration with bnx2.
cnic: Fix symbol_put_addr() panic on ia64.
gre: Fix MTU calculation for bound GRE tunnels
pegasus: Add new device ID.
drivers/net: fixed drivers that support netpoll use ndo_start_xmit()
via-velocity: Fix test of mii_status bit VELOCITY_DUPLEX_FULL
rt2x00: fix memory corruption in rf cache, add a sanity check
ixgbe: Fix receive on real device when VLANs are configured
ixgbe: Do not return 0 in ixgbe_fcoe_ddp() upon FCP_RSP in DDP completion
netxen: free napi resources during detach
netxen: remove netxen workqueue
ixgbe: fix issues setting rx-usecs with legacy interrupts
can: fix oops caused by wrong rtnl newlink usage
...
Currently DAPM interfaces with the audio streams to and from the
processor at the DAC and ADC widgets. As the digital capabilities
of parts increases this is becoming a less and less able to meet
the needs of parts.
To meet the needs of these devices create new widgets interfacing
with the TDM bus but not integrated into any other functionality.
Audio can then be routed to and from these widgets using existing
routing widgets.
A slot number is provided in the definition but this is currently
not used yet. This is intended to support devices which can use
more than one TDM slot on a single interface.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The field stack_canary is only used with CC_STACKPROTECTOR.
This patch reduces task_struct size without CC_STACKPROTECTOR.
Signed-off-by: Hiroshi Shimamoto <h-shimamoto@ct.jp.nec.com>
LKML-Reference: <4A8A44CA.2020701@ct.jp.nec.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
In 5e140dfc1f "net: reorder struct Qdisc
for better SMP performance" the definition of struct gnet_stats_basic
changed incompatibly, as copies of this struct are shipped to
userland via netlink.
Restoring old behavior is not welcome, for performance reason.
Fix is to use a private structure for kernel, and
teach gnet_stats_copy_basic() to convert from kernel to user land,
using legacy structure (struct gnet_stats_basic)
Based on a report and initial patch from Michael Spang.
Reported-by: Michael Spang <mspang@csclub.uwaterloo.ca>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This fixes sparse noise:
error: dubious one-bit signed bitfield
Signed-off-by: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@ucw.cz>
Interrupt chips which are behind a slow bus (i2c, spi ...) and
demultiplex other interrupt sources need to run their interrupt
handler in a thread.
The demultiplexed interrupt handlers need to run in thread context as
well and need to finish before the demux handler thread can reenable
the interrupt line. So the easiest way is to run the sub device
handlers in the context of the demultiplexing handler thread.
To avoid that a separate thread is created for the subdevices the
function set_nested_irq_thread() is provided which sets the
IRQ_NESTED_THREAD flag in the interrupt descriptor.
A driver which calls request_threaded_irq() must not be aware of the
fact that the threaded handler is called in the context of the
demultiplexing handler thread. The setup code checks the
IRQ_NESTED_THREAD flag which was set from the irq chip setup code and
does not setup a separate thread for the interrupt. The primary
function which is provided by the device driver is replaced by an
internal dummy function which warns when it is called.
For the demultiplexing handler a helper function handle_nested_irq()
is provided which calls the demux interrupt thread function in the
context of the caller and does the proper interrupt accounting and
takes the interrupt disabled status of the demultiplexed subdevice
into account.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Cc: Dmitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>
Cc: Trilok Soni <soni.trilok@gmail.com>
Cc: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Cc: Brian Swetland <swetland@google.com>
Cc: Joonyoung Shim <jy0922.shim@samsung.com>
Cc: m.szyprowski@samsung.com
Cc: t.fujak@samsung.com
Cc: kyungmin.park@samsung.com,
Cc: David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>
Cc: Daniel Ribeiro <drwyrm@gmail.com>
Cc: arve@android.com
Cc: Barry Song <21cnbao@gmail.com>
Some interrupt chips are connected to a "slow" bus (i2c, spi ...). The
bus access needs to sleep and therefor cannot be called in atomic
contexts.
Some of the generic interrupt management functions like disable_irq(),
enable_irq() ... call interrupt chip functions with the irq_desc->lock
held and interrupts disabled. This does not work for such devices.
Provide a separate synchronization mechanism for such interrupt
chips. The irq_chip structure is extended by two optional functions
(bus_lock and bus_sync_and_unlock).
The idea is to serialize the bus access for those operations in the
core code so that drivers which are behind that bus operated interrupt
controller do not have to worry about it and just can use the normal
interfaces. To achieve this we add two function pointers to the
irq_chip: bus_lock and bus_sync_unlock.
bus_lock() is called to serialize access to the interrupt controller
bus.
Now the core code can issue chip->mask/unmask ... commands without
changing the fast path code at all. The chip implementation merily
stores that information in a chip private data structure and
returns. No bus interaction as these functions are called from atomic
context.
After that bus_sync_unlock() is called outside the atomic context. Now
the chip implementation issues the bus commands, waits for completion
and unlocks the interrupt controller bus.
The irq_chip implementation as pseudo code:
struct irq_chip_data {
struct mutex mutex;
unsigned int irq_offset;
unsigned long mask;
unsigned long mask_status;
}
static void bus_lock(unsigned int irq)
{
struct irq_chip_data *data = get_irq_desc_chip_data(irq);
mutex_lock(&data->mutex);
}
static void mask(unsigned int irq)
{
struct irq_chip_data *data = get_irq_desc_chip_data(irq);
irq -= data->irq_offset;
data->mask |= (1 << irq);
}
static void unmask(unsigned int irq)
{
struct irq_chip_data *data = get_irq_desc_chip_data(irq);
irq -= data->irq_offset;
data->mask &= ~(1 << irq);
}
static void bus_sync_unlock(unsigned int irq)
{
struct irq_chip_data *data = get_irq_desc_chip_data(irq);
if (data->mask != data->mask_status) {
do_bus_magic_to_set_mask(data->mask);
data->mask_status = data->mask;
}
mutex_unlock(&data->mutex);
}
The device drivers can use request_threaded_irq, free_irq, disable_irq
and enable_irq as usual with the only restriction that the calls need
to come from non atomic context.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Cc: Dmitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>
Cc: Trilok Soni <soni.trilok@gmail.com>
Cc: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Cc: Brian Swetland <swetland@google.com>
Cc: Joonyoung Shim <jy0922.shim@samsung.com>
Cc: m.szyprowski@samsung.com
Cc: t.fujak@samsung.com
Cc: kyungmin.park@samsung.com,
Cc: David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>
Cc: Daniel Ribeiro <drwyrm@gmail.com>
Cc: arve@android.com
Cc: Barry Song <21cnbao@gmail.com>
For threaded interrupt handlers we expect the hard interrupt handler
part to mask the interrupt on the originating device. The interrupt
line itself is reenabled after the hard interrupt handler has
executed.
This requires access to the originating device from hard interrupt
context which is not always possible. There are devices which can only
be accessed via a bus (i2c, spi, ...). The bus access requires thread
context. For such devices we need to keep the interrupt line masked
until the threaded handler has executed.
Add a new flag IRQF_ONESHOT which allows drivers to request that the
interrupt is not unmasked after the hard interrupt context handler has
been executed and the thread has been woken. The interrupt line is
unmasked after the thread handler function has been executed.
Note that for now IRQF_ONESHOT cannot be used with IRQF_SHARED to
avoid complex accounting mechanisms.
For oneshot interrupts the primary handler simply returns
IRQ_WAKE_THREAD and does nothing else. A generic implementation
irq_default_primary_handler() is provided to avoid useless copies all
over the place. It is automatically installed when
request_threaded_irq() is called with handler=NULL and
thread_fn!=NULL.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Cc: Dmitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>
Cc: Trilok Soni <soni.trilok@gmail.com>
Cc: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Cc: Brian Swetland <swetland@google.com>
Cc: Joonyoung Shim <jy0922.shim@samsung.com>
Cc: m.szyprowski@samsung.com
Cc: t.fujak@samsung.com
Cc: kyungmin.park@samsung.com,
Cc: David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>
Cc: Daniel Ribeiro <drwyrm@gmail.com>
Cc: arve@android.com
Cc: Barry Song <21cnbao@gmail.com>
Fix the header files to define round_hint_to_min() and to define
mmap_min_addr_handler() in the !CONFIG_SECURITY case.
Built and tested with !CONFIG_SECURITY
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Currently SELinux enforcement of controls on the ability to map low memory
is determined by the mmap_min_addr tunable. This patch causes SELinux to
ignore the tunable and instead use a seperate Kconfig option specific to how
much space the LSM should protect.
The tunable will now only control the need for CAP_SYS_RAWIO and SELinux
permissions will always protect the amount of low memory designated by
CONFIG_LSM_MMAP_MIN_ADDR.
This allows users who need to disable the mmap_min_addr controls (usual reason
being they run WINE as a non-root user) to do so and still have SELinux
controls preventing confined domains (like a web server) from being able to
map some area of low memory.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Currently we duplicate the mmap_min_addr test in cap_file_mmap and in
security_file_mmap if !CONFIG_SECURITY. This patch moves cap_file_mmap
into commoncap.c and then calls that function directly from
security_file_mmap ifndef CONFIG_SECURITY like all of the other capability
checks are done.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This implements the busy ioctl along with a current domain check.
returns 0 or -EBUSY
puts the current domain no matter what the answer.
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Convert avc_audit in security/selinux/avc.c to use lsm_audit.h,
for better maintainability.
- changed selinux to use common_audit_data instead of
avc_audit_data
- eliminated code in avc.c and used code from lsm_audit.h instead.
Had to add a LSM_AUDIT_NO_AUDIT to lsm_audit.h so that avc_audit
can call common_lsm_audit and do the pre and post callbacks without
doing the actual dump. This makes it so that the patched version
behaves the same way as the unpatched version.
Also added a denied field to the selinux_audit_data private space,
once again to make it so that the patched version behaves like the
unpatched.
I've tested and confirmed that AVCs look the same before and after
this patch.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Liu <tliu@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Smalley <sds@tycho.nsa.gov>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Add the new function read_boot_clock to get the exact time the system
has been started. For architectures without support for exact boot
time a new weak function is added that returns 0. Use the exact boot
time to initialize wall_to_monotonic, or xtime if the read_boot_clock
returned 0.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Acked-by: John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Daniel Walker <dwalker@fifo99.com>
LKML-Reference: <20090814134811.296703241@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
The persistent clock of some architectures (e.g. s390) have a
better granularity than seconds. To reduce the delta between the
host clock and the guest clock in a virtualized system change the
read_persistent_clock function to return a struct timespec.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Acked-by: John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Daniel Walker <dwalker@fifo99.com>
LKML-Reference: <20090814134811.013873340@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
update_wall_time calls change_clocksource HZ times per second to check
if a new clock source is available. In close to 100% of all calls
there is no new clock. Replace the tick based check by an update done
with stop_machine.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Acked-by: John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Daniel Walker <dwalker@fifo99.com>
LKML-Reference: <20090814134810.711836357@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
The clocksource structure has two multipliers, the unmodified multiplier
clock->mult_orig and the NTP corrected multiplier clock->mult. The NTP
multiplier is misplaced in the struct clocksource, this is private
information of the timekeeping code. Add the mult field to the struct
timekeeper to contain the NTP corrected value, keep the unmodifed
multiplier in clock->mult and remove clock->mult_orig.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Acked-by: John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Daniel Walker <dwalker@fifo99.com>
LKML-Reference: <20090814134810.149047645@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Add struct timekeeper to keep the internal values timekeeping.c needs
in regard to the currently selected clock source. This moves the
timekeeping intervals, xtime_nsec and the ntp error value from struct
clocksource to struct timekeeper. The raw_time is removed from the
clocksource as well. It gets treated like xtime as a global variable.
Eventually xtime raw_time should be moved to struct timekeeper.
[ tglx: minor cleanup ]
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Acked-by: John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Daniel Walker <dwalker@fifo99.com>
LKML-Reference: <20090814134809.613209842@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Move the downgrade of an unstable clocksource from the timer interrupt
context into the process context of a work queue thread. This is
needed to be able to do the clocksource switch with stop_machine.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Acked-by: John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Daniel Walker <dwalker@fifo99.com>
LKML-Reference: <20090814134809.354926067@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
If a non high-resolution clocksource is first set as override clock
and then registered it becomes active even if the system is in one-shot
mode. Move the override check from sysfs_override_clocksource to the
clocksource selection. That fixes the bug and simplifies the code. The
check in clocksource_register for double registration of the same
clocksource is removed without replacement.
To find the initial clocksource a new weak function in jiffies.c is
defined that returns the jiffies clocksource. The architecture code
can then override the weak function with a more suitable clocksource,
e.g. the TOD clock on s390.
[ tglx: Folded in a fix from John Stultz ]
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Daniel Walker <dwalker@fifo99.com>
LKML-Reference: <20090814134808.388024160@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
The three inline functions clocksource_read, clocksource_enable and
clocksource_disable are simple wrappers of an indirect call plus the
copy from and to the mult_orig value. The functions are exclusively
used by the timekeeping code which has intimate knowledge of the
clocksource anyway. Therefore remove the inline functions. No
functional change.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Daniel Walker <dwalker@fifo99.com>
LKML-Reference: <20090814134807.903108946@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Move the adjustment of xtime, wall_to_monotonic and the update of the
vsyscall variables to the timekeeping code.
Signed-off-by: John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
LKML-Reference: <20090814134807.609730216@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Add NETIF_F_FCOE_MTU to indicate that the NIC can support a secondary MTU for
converged traffic of LAN and Fiber Channel over Ethernet (FCoE). The MTU for
FCoE is 2158 = 14 (FCoE header) + 24 (FC header) + 2112 (FC max payload) +
4 (FC CRC) + 4 (FCoE trailer).
Signed-off-by: Yi Zou <yi.zou@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ntohl is already defined as be32_to_cpu.
be64_to_cpu has architecture specific optimized implementations.
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
htonl is already defined as cpu_to_be32.
cpu_to_be64 has architecture specific optimized implementations.
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@panasas.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Sometimes drivers might have a good reason to override
the PS default, like iwlwifi right now where it affects
RX performance significantly at this point. This will
allow them to override the default, if desired, in a
way that users can still change it according to their
trade-off choices, not the driver's, like would happen
if the driver just disabled PS completely then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add rx queue pausing to usbnet. This is needed by rndis_wlan so that it can
control rx queue and prevent received packets from being send forward before
rndis_wlan receives and handles 'media connect'-indication. Without this
establishing WPA connections is hard and fail often.
[v2] - removed unneeded use of skb_clone
Cc: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Also add a "SPEX32" macro for extracting 32-bit SPROM variables.
Signed-off-by: Gábor Stefanik <netrolller.3d@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This removes the max_bandwidth attribute. It is only ever
written to, and is duplicated by max_bandwidth_khz in the
regulatory code.
Signed-off-by: Pat Erley <pat-lkml@erley.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The memory layout for scan requests was rather wrong,
we put the scan SSIDs before the channels which could
lead to the channel pointers being unaligned in memory.
It turns out that using a pointer to the channel array
isn't necessary anyway since we can embed a zero-length
array into the struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If we have a lot of frames to transmit at once, for
instance with fragmentation, it can be an optimisation
to only tell the DMA engine about them on the last
fragment/frame to avoid banging the IO too much. This
patch allows implementation such an optimisation by
telling the driver when more frames can be expected.
Currently, this is used by mac80211 only on fragmented
frames, but could also be used in the future on other
frames when the queue was full and there are multiple
frames pending.
Note that drivers need to be careful when using this
flag, they need to kick their DMA engines not just
when this flag is clear, but also when the queue gets
full so that progress can be made.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This documents what's required to implement that TX powersave
filter properly wrt. handling hardware queues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add some more documentation including an example so that
it's clearer what should be done for TX retries.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order for userspace to be able to figure out whether
it obtained a consistent snapshot of data or not when
using netlink dumps, we need to have a generation number
in each dump message that indicates whether the list has
changed or not -- its value is arbitrary.
This patch adds such a number to all dumps, this needs
some mac80211 involvement to keep track of a generation
number to start with when adding/removing mesh paths or
stations.
The wiphy and netdev lists can be fully handled within
cfg80211, of course, but generation numbers need to be
stored there as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the move of everything related to the SME from
mac80211 to cfg80211, we lost the ability to send
reassociation frames. This adds them back, but only
for wireless extensions. With the userspace SME, it
shall control assoc vs. reassoc (it already can do
so with the nl80211 interface).
I haven't touched the connect() implementation, so
it is not possible to reassociate with the nl80211
connect primitive. I think that should be done with
the NL80211_CMD_ROAM command, but we'll have to see
how that can be handled in the future, especially
with fullmac chips.
This patch addresses only the immediate regression
we had in mac80211, which previously sent reassoc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With x86 converted to embedding allocator, lpage doesn't have any user
left. Kill it along with cpa handling code.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Jan Beulich <JBeulich@novell.com>
Now that percpu core can handle very sparse units, given that vmalloc
space is large enough, embedding first chunk allocator can use any
memory to build the first chunk. This patch teaches
pcpu_embed_first_chunk() about distances between cpus and to use
alloc/free callbacks to allocate node specific areas for each group
and use them for the first chunk.
This brings the benefits of embedding allocator to NUMA configurations
- no extra TLB pressure with the flexibility of unified dynamic
allocator and no need to restructure arch code to build memory layout
suitable for percpu. With units put into atom_size aligned groups
according to cpu distances, using large page for dynamic chunks is
also easily possible with falling back to reuglar pages if large
allocation fails.
Embedding allocator users are converted to specify NULL
cpu_distance_fn, so this patch doesn't cause any visible behavior
difference. Following patches will convert them.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
To directly use spread NUMA memories for percpu units, percpu
allocator will be updated to allow sparsely mapping units in a chunk.
As the distances between units can be very large, this makes
allocating single vmap area for each chunk undesirable. This patch
implements pcpu_get_vm_areas() and pcpu_free_vm_areas() which
allocates and frees sparse congruent vmap areas.
pcpu_get_vm_areas() take @offsets and @sizes array which define
distances and sizes of vmap areas. It scans down from the top of
vmalloc area looking for the top-most address which can accomodate all
the areas. The top-down scan is to avoid interacting with regular
vmallocs which can push up these congruent areas up little by little
ending up wasting address space and page table.
To speed up top-down scan, the highest possible address hint is
maintained. Although the scan is linear from the hint, given the
usual large holes between memory addresses between NUMA nodes, the
scanning is highly likely to finish after finding the first hole for
the last unit which is scanned first.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
Currently units are mapped sequentially into address space. This
patch adds pcpu_unit_offsets[] which allows units to be mapped to
arbitrary offsets from the chunk base address. This is necessary to
allow sparse embedding which might would need to allocate address
ranges and memory areas which aren't aligned to unit size but
allocation atom size (page or large page size). This also simplifies
things a bit by removing the need to calculate offset from unit
number.
With this change, there's no need for the arch code to know
pcpu_unit_size. Update pcpu_setup_first_chunk() and first chunk
allocators to return regular 0 or -errno return code instead of unit
size or -errno.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Till now, non-linear cpu->unit map was expressed using an integer
array which maps each cpu to a unit and used only by lpage allocator.
Although how many units have been placed in a single contiguos area
(group) is known while building unit_map, the information is lost when
the result is recorded into the unit_map array. For lpage allocator,
as all allocations are done by lpages and whether two adjacent lpages
are in the same group or not is irrelevant, this didn't cause any
problem. Non-linear cpu->unit mapping will be used for sparse
embedding and this grouping information is necessary for that.
This patch introduces pcpu_alloc_info which contains all the
information necessary for initializing percpu allocator.
pcpu_alloc_info contains array of pcpu_group_info which describes how
units are grouped and mapped to cpus. pcpu_group_info also has
base_offset field to specify its offset from the chunk's base address.
pcpu_build_alloc_info() initializes this field as if all groups are
allocated back-to-back as is currently done but this will be used to
sparsely place groups.
pcpu_alloc_info is a rather complex data structure which contains a
flexible array which in turn points to nested cpu_map arrays.
* pcpu_alloc_alloc_info() and pcpu_free_alloc_info() are provided to
help dealing with pcpu_alloc_info.
* pcpu_lpage_build_unit_map() is updated to build pcpu_alloc_info,
generalized and renamed to pcpu_build_alloc_info().
@cpu_distance_fn may be NULL indicating that all cpus are of
LOCAL_DISTANCE.
* pcpul_lpage_dump_cfg() is updated to process pcpu_alloc_info,
generalized and renamed to pcpu_dump_alloc_info(). It now also
prints which group each alloc unit belongs to.
* pcpu_setup_first_chunk() now takes pcpu_alloc_info instead of the
separate parameters. All first chunk allocators are updated to use
pcpu_build_alloc_info() to build alloc_info and call
pcpu_setup_first_chunk() with it. This has the side effect of
packing units for sparse possible cpus. ie. if cpus 0, 2 and 4 are
possible, they'll be assigned unit 0, 1 and 2 instead of 0, 2 and 4.
* x86 setup_pcpu_lpage() is updated to deal with alloc_info.
* sparc64 setup_per_cpu_areas() is updated to build alloc_info.
Although the changes made by this patch are pretty pervasive, it
doesn't cause any behavior difference other than packing of sparse
cpus. It mostly changes how information is passed among
initialization functions and makes room for more flexibility.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Unit map handling will be generalized and extended and used for
embedding sparse first chunk and other purposes. Relocate two
unit_map related functions upward in preparation. This patch just
moves the code without any actual change.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Now that all actual first chunk allocation and copying happen in the
first chunk allocators and helpers, there's no reason for
pcpu_setup_first_chunk() to try to determine @dyn_size automatically.
The only left user is page first chunk allocator. Make it determine
dyn_size like other allocators and make @dyn_size mandatory for
pcpu_setup_first_chunk().
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
First chunk allocators assume percpu areas have been linked using one
of PERCPU_*() macros and depend on __per_cpu_load symbol defined by
those macros, so there isn't much point in passing in static area size
explicitly when it can be easily calculated from __per_cpu_start and
__per_cpu_end. Drop @static_size from all percpu first chunk
allocators and helpers.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Now that all first chunk allocators are in mm/percpu.c, it makes sense
to make generalize percpu_alloc kernel parameter. Define PCPU_FC_*
and set pcpu_chosen_fc using early_param() in mm/percpu.c. Arch code
can use the set value to determine which first chunk allocator to use.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
There's no need to build unused first chunk allocators in. Define
CONFIG_NEED_PER_CPU_*_FIRST_CHUNK and let archs enable them
selectively.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Page size isn't always 4k depending on arch and configuration. Rename
4k first chunk allocator to page.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Conflicts:
arch/sparc/kernel/smp_64.c
arch/x86/kernel/cpu/perf_counter.c
arch/x86/kernel/setup_percpu.c
drivers/cpufreq/cpufreq_ondemand.c
mm/percpu.c
Conflicts in core and arch percpu codes are mostly from commit
ed78e1e078dd44249f88b1dd8c76dafb39567161 which substituted many
num_possible_cpus() with nr_cpu_ids. As for-next branch has moved all
the first chunk allocators into mm/percpu.c, the changes are moved
from arch code to mm/percpu.c.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Update documentation for security_request_module to indicate
return value, as suggested by Serge Hallyn.
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Calling request_module() will trigger a userspace upcall which will load a
new module into the kernel. This can be a dangerous event if the process
able to trigger request_module() is able to control either the modprobe
binary or the module binary. This patch adds a new security hook to
request_module() which can be used by an LSM to control a processes ability
to call request_module().
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
skb allocation / cosumption tracer - Add consumption tracepoint
This patch adds a tracepoint to skb_copy_datagram_iovec, which is called each
time a userspace process copies a frame from a socket receive queue to a user
space buffer. It allows us to hook in and examine each sk_buff that the system
receives on a per-socket bases, and can be use to compile a list of which skb's
were received by which processes.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
include/trace/events/skb.h | 20 ++++++++++++++++++++
net/core/datagram.c | 3 +++
2 files changed, 23 insertions(+)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for passing platform data to ac97 bus devices
from PXA2xx-AC97 driver..
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
* 'perfcounters-fixes-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip:
perf_counter: Report the cloning task as parent on perf_counter_fork()
perf_counter: Fix an ipi-deadlock
perf: Rework/fix the whole read vs group stuff
perf_counter: Fix swcounter context invariance
perf report: Don't show unresolved DSOs and symbols when -S/-d is used
perf tools: Add a general option to enable raw sample records
perf tools: Add a per tracepoint counter attribute to get raw sample
perf_counter: Provide hw_perf_counter_setup_online() APIs
perf list: Fix large list output by using the pager
perf_counter, x86: Fix/improve apic fallback
perf record: Add missing -C option support for specifying profile cpu
perf tools: Fix dso__new handle() to handle deleted DSOs
perf tools: Fix fallback to cplus_demangle() when bfd_demangle() is not available
perf report: Show the tid too in -D
perf record: Fix .tid and .pid fill-in when synthesizing events
perf_counter, x86: Fix generic cache events on P6-mobile CPUs
perf_counter, x86: Fix lapic printk message
* 'core-fixes-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip:
futex: Fix handling of bad requeue syscall pairing
futex: Fix compat_futex to be same as futex for REQUEUE_PI
locking, sched: Give waitqueue spinlocks their own lockdep classes
futex: Update futex_q lock_ptr on requeue proxy lock
Replace PERF_SAMPLE_GROUP with PERF_SAMPLE_READ and introduce
PERF_FORMAT_GROUP to deal with group reads in a more generic
way.
This allows you to get group reads out of read() as well.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Corey J Ashford <cjashfor@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: stephane eranian <eranian@googlemail.com>
LKML-Reference: <20090813103655.117411814@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Provide weak aliases for hw_perf_counter_setup_online(). This is
used by the BTS patches (for v2.6.32), but it interacts with
fixes so propagate this upstream. (it has no effect as of yet)
Also export perf_counter_output() to architecture code.
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
LKML-Reference: <new-submission>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Synced with Realtek's 6.011.00 r8169 driver.
Signed-off-by: Francois Romieu <romieu@fr.zoreil.com>
Cc: Edward Hsu <edward_hsu@realtek.com.tw>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fix the following 'make includecheck' warning:
include/linux/icmpv6.h: linux/skbuff.h is included more than once.
Signed-off-by: Jaswinder Singh Rajput <jaswinderrajput@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IEEE802154_SIOC_ADD_SLAVE was used to allocate 802.15.4 interfaces
on the top of radio. It's not used anymore, drop it.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Overscan, saturation, hue. Used in the nouveau driver for GPUs with
integrated TV encoders.
Signed-off-by: Francisco Jerez <currojerez@riseup.net>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
We can't call nfs_readdata_release()/nfs_writedata_release() without
first initialising and referencing args.context. Doing so inside
nfs_direct_read_schedule_segment()/nfs_direct_write_schedule_segment()
causes an Oops.
We should rather be calling nfs_readdata_free()/nfs_writedata_free() in
those cases.
Looking at the O_DIRECT code, the "struct nfs_direct_req" is already
referencing the nfs_open_context for us. Since the readdata and writedata
structures carry a reference to that, we can simplify things by getting rid
of the extra nfs_open_context references, so that we can replace all
instances of nfs_readdata_release()/nfs_writedata_release().
Reported-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Tested-by: Catalin Marinas <catalin.marinas@arm.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
This adds a struct eeti_ts_platform_data which currently holds only one
value to specify the interrupt polarity.
The driver has a fallback if no platform data is passed in via the
i2c_board_info, so no regression is caused.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Define the format of the syscall trace fields to parse the binary
values from a raw trace using the syscall events "format" file.
This is defined dynamically using the syscalls metadata.
It prepares the export of syscall event raw records to perf
counters.
Example:
$ cat /debug/tracing/events/syscalls/sys_enter_sched_getparam/format
name: sys_enter_sched_getparam
ID: 39
format:
field:unsigned short common_type; offset:0; size:2;
field:unsigned char common_flags; offset:2; size:1;
field:unsigned char common_preempt_count; offset:3; size:1;
field:int common_pid; offset:4; size:4;
field:int common_tgid; offset:8; size:4;
field:pid_t pid; offset:12; size:8;
field:struct sched_param * param; offset:20; size:8;
print fmt: "pid: 0x%08lx, param: 0x%08lx", ((unsigned long)(REC->pid)), ((unsigned long)(REC->param))
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca>
Cc: Jiaying Zhang <jiayingz@google.com>
Cc: Martin Bligh <mbligh@google.com>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@redhat.com>
Cc: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Add the struct ftrace_event_call as a parameter of its show_format()
callback. This way we can use it from the syscall trace events to
retrieve the syscall name from the ftrace event call parameter and
describe its fields using the syscalls metadata.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca>
Cc: Jiaying Zhang <jiayingz@google.com>
Cc: Martin Bligh <mbligh@google.com>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@redhat.com>
Cc: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
The perf counter support is automated for usual trace events. But we
have to define specific callbacks for this to handle syscalls trace
events
Make 'perf stat -e syscalls:sys_enter_blah' work with syscall style
tracepoints.
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca>
Cc: Jiaying Zhang <jiayingz@google.com>
Cc: Martin Bligh <mbligh@google.com>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
The current state of syscalls tracepoints generates only one event id
for every syscall events.
This patch associates an id with each syscall trace event, so that we
can identify each syscall trace event using the 'perf' tool.
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca>
Cc: Jiaying Zhang <jiayingz@google.com>
Cc: Martin Bligh <mbligh@google.com>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Layer Frederic's syscall tracer on tracepoints. We create trace events
via hooking into the SYSCALL_DEFINE macros. This allows us to
individually toggle syscall entry and exit points on/off.
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca>
Cc: Jiaying Zhang <jiayingz@google.com>
Cc: Martin Bligh <mbligh@google.com>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
add an optional void * pointer to 'ftrace_event_call' that is
passed in for regfunc and unregfunc.
This prepares for syscall tracepoints creation by passing the name of
the syscall we want to trace and then retrieve its number through our
arch syscall table.
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca>
Cc: Jiaying Zhang <jiayingz@google.com>
Cc: Martin Bligh <mbligh@google.com>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Introduce a new 'DECLARE_TRACE_WITH_CALLBACK()' macro, so that
tracepoints can associate an external register/unregister function.
This prepares for the syscalls tracer conversion to trace events. We
will need to perform arch level operations once a syscall event is
turned on/off, such as TIF flags setting, hence the need of such
specific callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca>
Cc: Jiaying Zhang <jiayingz@google.com>
Cc: Martin Bligh <mbligh@google.com>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Call arch_init_ftrace_syscalls at boot, so we can determine early the
set of syscalls for the syscall trace events.
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@polymtl.ca>
Cc: Jiaying Zhang <jiayingz@google.com>
Cc: Martin Bligh <mbligh@google.com>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Masami Hiramatsu <mhiramat@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
* 'perfcounters-fixes-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip: (27 commits)
perf_counter: Zero dead bytes from ftrace raw samples size alignment
perf_counter: Subtract the buffer size field from the event record size
perf_counter: Require CAP_SYS_ADMIN for raw tracepoint data
perf_counter: Correct PERF_SAMPLE_RAW output
perf tools: callchain: Fix bad rounding of minimum rate
perf_counter tools: Fix libbfd detection for systems with libz dependency
perf: "Longum est iter per praecepta, breve et efficax per exempla"
perf_counter: Fix a race on perf_counter_ctx
perf_counter: Fix tracepoint sampling to be part of generic sampling
perf_counter: Work around gcc warning by initializing tracepoint record unconditionally
perf tools: callchain: Fix sum of percentages to be 100% by displaying amount of ignored chains in fractal mode
perf tools: callchain: Fix 'perf report' display to be callchain by default
perf tools: callchain: Fix spurious 'perf report' warnings: ignore empty callchains
perf record: Fix the -A UI for empty or non-existent perf.data
perf util: Fix do_read() to fail on EOF instead of busy-looping
perf list: Fix the output to not include tracepoints without an id
perf_counter/powerpc: Fix oops on cpus without perf_counter hardware support
perf stat: Fix tool option consistency: rename -S/--scale to -c/--scale
perf report: Add debug help for the finding of symbol bugs - show the symtab origin (DSO, build-id, kernel, etc)
perf report: Fix per task mult-counter stat reporting
...
We compute the perf raw sample size by aligning the raw ftrace
event size plus the buffer size field itself. We do that
instead of aligning only the perf raw sample size, so that we
might economize some in some cases.
But this buffer size field is not stored in the perf raw
sample, we must then substract its size from the buffer once we
computed the alignment unless we may get a useless u32 field in
the buffer.
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
LKML-Reference: <20090810141129.GA5124@nowhere>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Give waitqueue spinlocks their own lockdep classes when they
are initialised from init_waitqueue_head(). This means that
struct wait_queue::func functions can operate other waitqueues.
This is used by CacheFiles to catch the page from a backing fs
being unlocked and to wake up another thread to take a copy of
it.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Cc: linux-cachefs@redhat.com
Cc: torvalds@osdl.org
Cc: akpm@linux-foundation.org
LKML-Reference: <20090810113305.17284.81508.stgit@warthog.procyon.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
[un]register_chrdev() assume minor range 0-255. This patch adds __
prefixed versions which take @minorbase and @count explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
When IPv4 and IPv6 matches were unified approx. 3.5 years ago, they
received new header filenames (e.g. xt_CLASSIFY.h). Let's remove the
old ones now.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Allow the interval timer to be programmed with its full 96 kHz
precision.
Signed-off-by: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
PERF_SAMPLE_* output switches should unconditionally output the
correct format, as they are the only way to unambiguously parse
the PERF_EVENT_SAMPLE data.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Acked-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
LKML-Reference: <1249896447.17467.74.camel@twins>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This moves flush_write_buffers() in
asm-generic/dma-mapping-common.h to
arch/x86/kernel/pci-nommu.c.
The purpose of this patch is that, we can avoid defining NULL
flush_write_buffers() on IA64 and SPARC.
dma-mapping-common.h is used by X86 and IA64 (and SPARC soon)
but only X86 with CONFIG_X86_OOSTORE or CONFIG_X86_PPRO_FENCE
actually uses flush_write_buffers(). CONFIG_X86_OOSTORE or
CONFIG_X86_PPRO_FENCE is usable with only kernel/pci-nommu.c
(that is, not usable with other X86 IOMMU implementations such
as SWIOTLB, VT-d, etc) so we can safely move
flush_write_buffers() in asm-generic/dma-mapping-common.h to
arch/x86/kernel/pci-nommu.c.
The further discussion is:
http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/6/28/104
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Acked-by: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Cc: davem@davemloft.net
Cc: tony.luck@intel.com
Cc: fenghua.yu@intel.com
LKML-Reference: <1249872797-1314-2-git-send-email-fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Fix the header files to define round_hint_to_min() and to define
mmap_min_addr_handler() in the !CONFIG_SECURITY case.
Built and tested with !CONFIG_SECURITY
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
* 'kvm-updates/2.6.31' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/virt/kvm/kvm:
KVM: Avoid redelivery of edge interrupt before next edge
KVM: MMU: limit rmap chain length
KVM: ia64: fix build failures due to ia64/unsigned long mismatches
KVM: Make KVM_HPAGES_PER_HPAGE unsigned long to avoid build error on powerpc
KVM: fix ack not being delivered when msi present
KVM: s390: fix wait_queue handling
KVM: VMX: Fix locking imbalance on emulation failure
KVM: VMX: Fix locking order in handle_invalid_guest_state
KVM: MMU: handle n_free_mmu_pages > n_alloc_mmu_pages in kvm_mmu_change_mmu_pages
KVM: SVM: force new asid on vcpu migration
KVM: x86: verify MTRR/PAT validity
KVM: PIT: fix kpit_elapsed division by zero
KVM: Fix KVM_GET_MSR_INDEX_LIST
For events that are rare, such as referral DNS lookups, it makes limited
sense to have a daemon constantly listening for upcalls on a channel. An
alternative in those cases might simply be to run the app that fills the
cache using call_usermodehelper_exec() and friends.
The following patch allows the cache_detail to specify alternative upcall
mechanisms for these particular cases.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
There is still a little wart or two there: Since we've already got a
vfsmount, we might as well pass that in to rpc_create_client_dir.
Another point is that if we open code __rpc_lookup_path() here, then we can
avoid looking up the entire parent directory path over and over again: it
doesn't change.
Also get rid of rpc_clnt->cl_pathname, since it has no users...
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
This reflects the fact that rpc_mkdir() as it stands today, can only create
a RPC client type directory.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
At some point, I recall that rpc_pipe_fs used RPC_DISPLAY_ALL.
Currently there are no uses of RPC_DISPLAY_ALL outside the transport
modules themselves, so we can safely get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
RPC universal address generation is currently done in several places:
rpcb_clnt.c, nfs4proc.c xprtsock.c, and xprtrdma.c. Remove the
redundant cases that convert a socket address to a universal
address. The nfs4proc.c case takes a pre-formatted presentation
address string, not a socket address, so we'll leave that one.
Because the new uaddr constructor uses the recently introduced
rpc_ntop(), it now supports proper "::" shorthanding for IPv6
addresses. This allows the kernel to register properly formed
universal addresses with the local rpcbind service, in _all_ cases.
The kernel can now also send properly formed universal addresses in
RPCB_GETADDR requests, and support link-local properly when
encoding and decoding IPv6 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Introduce a set of functions in the kernel's RPC implementation for
converting between a socket address and either a standard
presentation address string or an RPC universal address.
The universal address functions will be used to encode and decode
RPCB_FOO and NFSv4 SETCLIENTID arguments. The other functions are
part of a previous promise to deliver shared functions that can be
used by upper-layer protocols to display and manipulate IP
addresses.
The kernel's current address printf formatters were designed
specifically for kernel to user-space APIs that require a particular
string format for socket addresses, thus are somewhat limited for the
purposes of sunrpc.ko. The formatter for IPv6 addresses, %pI6, does
not support short-handing or scope IDs. Also, these printf formatters
are unique per address family, so a separate formatter string is
required for printing AF_INET and AF_INET6 addresses.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Clean up: Replace the single-integer definition of RPCBIND_MAXUADDRLEN
with a definition that is based on previously defined address string
sizes, and document the way this maximum is calculated. Also provide
a separate macro for the size of the port number extension.
Signed-off-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
If the NFSv4 server doesn't support a POSIX attribute, the generic NFS code
needs to know that, so that it don't keep trying to poll for it.
However, by the same count, if the NFSv4 server does support that
attribute, then we should ensure that the inode metadata is appropriately
labelled as being untrusted. For instance, if we don't know the correct
value of the file's uid, we should certainly not be caching ACLs or ACCESS
results.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
The PREEMPT_ACTIVE setting doesn't actually need to be
arch-specific, so set up a sane default for all arches to
(hopefully) migrate to.
> if we look at linux/hardirq.h, it makes this claim:
> * - bit 28 is the PREEMPT_ACTIVE flag
> if that's true, then why are we letting any arch set this define ? a
> quick survey shows that half the arches (11) are using 0x10000000 (bit
> 28) while the other half (10) are using 0x4000000 (bit 26). and then
> there is the ia64 oddity which uses bit 30. the exact value here
> shouldnt really matter across arches though should it ?
actually alpha, arm and avr32 also use bit 30 (0x40000000),
there are only five (or eight, depending on how you count)
architectures (blackfin, h8300, m68k, s390 and sparc) using bit
26.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Based on Peter's comments, make tracepoint sampling generic
just like all the other sampling bits are. This is a rename
with no code changes:
- PERF_SAMPLE_TP_RECORD to PERF_SAMPLE_RAW
- struct perf_tracepoint_record to perf_raw_record
We want the system in place that transport tracepoints raw
samples events into the perf ring buffer to be generalized and
usable by any type of counter.
Reported-by; Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
LKML-Reference: <1249698400-5441-4-git-send-email-fweisbec@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This patch implements the kernel side support for ftrace event
record sampling.
A new counter sampling attribute is added:
PERF_SAMPLE_TP_RECORD
which requests ftrace events record sampling. In this case
if a PERF_TYPE_TRACEPOINT counter is active and a tracepoint
fires, we emit the tracepoint binary record to the
perfcounter event buffer, as a sample.
Result, after setting PERF_SAMPLE_TP_RECORD attribute from perf
record:
perf record -f -F 1 -a -e workqueue:workqueue_execution
perf report -D
0x21e18 [0x48]: event: 9
.
. ... raw event: size 72 bytes
. 0000: 09 00 00 00 01 00 48 00 d0 c7 00 81 ff ff ff ff ......H........
. 0010: 0a 00 00 00 0a 00 00 00 21 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ........!......
. 0020: 2b 00 01 02 0a 00 00 00 0a 00 00 00 65 76 65 6e +...........eve
. 0030: 74 73 2f 31 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0a 00 00 00 ts/1...........
. 0040: e0 b1 31 81 ff ff ff ff .......
.
0x21e18 [0x48]: PERF_EVENT_SAMPLE (IP, 1): 10: 0xffffffff8100c7d0 period: 33
The raw ftrace binary record starts at offset 0020.
Translation:
struct trace_entry {
type = 0x2b = 43;
flags = 1;
preempt_count = 2;
pid = 0xa = 10;
tgid = 0xa = 10;
}
thread_comm = "events/1"
thread_pid = 0xa = 10;
func = 0xffffffff8131b1e0 = flush_to_ldisc()
What will come next?
- Userspace support ('perf trace'), 'flight data recorder' mode
for perf trace, etc.
- The unconditional copy from the profiling callback brings
some costs however if someone wants no such sampling to
occur, and needs to be fixed in the future. For that we need
to have an instant access to the perf counter attribute.
This is a matter of a flag to add in the struct ftrace_event.
- Take care of the events recursivity! Don't ever try to record
a lock event for example, it seems some locking is used in
the profiling fast path and lead to a tracing recursivity.
That will be fixed using raw spinlock or recursivity
protection.
- [...]
- Profit! :-)
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Tom Zanussi <tzanussi@gmail.com>
Cc: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@redhat.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Mike Galbraith <efault@gmx.de>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Cc: Gabriel Munteanu <eduard.munteanu@linux360.ro>
Cc: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Adds possible second part to the assign argument of TP_EVENT().
TP_perf_assign(
__perf_count(foo);
__perf_addr(bar);
)
Which, when specified make the swcounter increment with @foo instead
of the usual 1, and report @bar for PERF_SAMPLE_ADDR (data address
associated with the event) when this triggers a counter overflow.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
* 'perfcounters-fixes-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip:
perf_counter: Fix double list iteration in per task precise stats
perf: Auto-detect libelf
perf symbol: Fix symbol parsing in certain cases: use the build-id as a symlink
perf_counter/powerpc: Check oprofile_cpu_type for NULL before using it
ftrace: Fix perf-tracepoint OOPS
perf report: Add missing command line options to man page
perf: Auto-detect libbfd
perf report: Make --sort comm,dso,symbol the default
* Make cmd->tf_flags field 'u16' and add IDE_TFLAG_SET_XFER taskfile flag.
* Update ide_finish_cmd() to set xfer / re-read id if the new flag is set.
* Convert set_xfer_rate() (write handler for /proc/ide/hd?/current_speed)
and ide_cmd_ioctl() (HDIO_DRIVE_CMD ioctl handler) to use the new flag.
* Remove no longer needed disable_irq_nosync() + enable_irq() from
ide_config_drive_speed().
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* Un-static __ide_wait_stat().
* Allow ide_dev_read_id() helper to be called from the IRQ context by
adding irq_ctx flag and using mdelay()/__ide_wait_stat() when needed.
* Switch ide_driveid_update() to set irq_ctx flag.
This change is needed for the consecutive patch which fixes races in
handling of user-space SET XFER commands but for improved bisectability
and clarity it is better to do it in a separate patch.
Signed-off-by: Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <bzolnier@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.infradead.org/mtd-2.6:
jffs2: Fix return value from jffs2_do_readpage_nolock()
mtd: mtdblock: introduce mtdblks_lock
mtd: remove 'SBC8240 Wind River' Device Driver Code
mtd: OneNAND: OMAP2/3: free GPMC CS on module removal
mtd: OneNAND: fix incorrect bufferram offset
mtd: blkdevs: do not forget to get MTD devices
mtd: fix the conversion from dev to mtd_info
mtd: let include/linux/mtd/partitions.h stand on its own
Fix and improve comments in decompress/generic.h that describe the
decompressor API. Also remove an unused definition, and rename INBUF_LEN
in lib/decompress_inflate.c to conform to bzip2/lzma naming.
Signed-off-by: Phillip Lougher <phillip@lougher.demon.co.uk>
Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
At first, init_task's mems_allowed is initialized as this.
init_task->mems_allowed == node_state[N_POSSIBLE]
And cpuset's top_cpuset mask is initialized as this
top_cpuset->mems_allowed = node_state[N_HIGH_MEMORY]
Before 2.6.29:
policy's mems_allowed is initialized as this.
1. update tasks->mems_allowed by its cpuset->mems_allowed.
2. policy->mems_allowed = nodes_and(tasks->mems_allowed, user's mask)
Updating task's mems_allowed in reference to top_cpuset's one.
cpuset's mems_allowed is aware of N_HIGH_MEMORY, always.
In 2.6.30: After commit 58568d2a82
("cpuset,mm: update tasks' mems_allowed in time"), policy's mems_allowed
is initialized as this.
1. policy->mems_allowd = nodes_and(task->mems_allowed, user's mask)
Here, if task is in top_cpuset, task->mems_allowed is not updated from
init's one. Assume user excutes command as #numactrl --interleave=all
,....
policy->mems_allowd = nodes_and(N_POSSIBLE, ALL_SET_MASK)
Then, policy's mems_allowd can includes a possible node, which has no pgdat.
MPOL's INTERLEAVE just scans nodemask of task->mems_allowd and access this
directly.
NODE_DATA(nid)->zonelist even if NODE_DATA(nid)==NULL
Then, what's we need is making policy->mems_allowed be aware of
N_HIGH_MEMORY. This patch does that. But to do so, extra nodemask will
be on statck. Because I know cpumask has a new interface of
CPUMASK_ALLOC(), I added it to node.
This patch stands on old behavior. But I feel this fix itself is just a
Band-Aid. But to do fundametal fix, we have to take care of memory
hotplug and it takes time. (task->mems_allowd should be N_HIGH_MEMORY, I
think.)
mpol_set_nodemask() should be aware of N_HIGH_MEMORY and policy's nodemask
should be includes only online nodes.
In old behavior, this is guaranteed by frequent reference to cpuset's
code. Now, most of them are removed and mempolicy has to check it by
itself.
To do check, a few nodemask_t will be used for calculating nodemask. But,
size of nodemask_t can be big and it's not good to allocate them on stack.
Now, cpumask_t has CPUMASK_ALLOC/FREE an easy code for get scratch area.
NODEMASK_ALLOC/FREE shoudl be there.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: cleanups & tweaks]
Tested-by: KOSAKI Motohiro <kosaki.motohiro@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Miao Xie <miaox@cn.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Cc: Nick Piggin <nickpiggin@yahoo.com.au>
Cc: Yasunori Goto <y-goto@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Cc: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
When we want to tear down an inode that lost the add to the cache race
in XFS we must not call into ->destroy_inode because that would delete
the inode that won the race from the inode cache radix tree.
This patch provides the __destroy_inode helper needed to fix this,
the actual fix will be in th next patch. As XFS was the only reason
destroy_inode was exported we shift the export to the new __destroy_inode.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Eric Sandeen <sandeen@sandeen.net>
Currently inode_init_always calls into ->destroy_inode if the additional
initialization fails. That's not only counter-intuitive because
inode_init_always did not allocate the inode structure, but in case of
XFS it's actively harmful as ->destroy_inode might delete the inode from
a radix-tree that has never been added. This in turn might end up
deleting the inode for the same inum that has been instanciated by
another process and cause lots of cause subtile problems.
Also in the case of re-initializing a reclaimable inode in XFS it would
free an inode we still want to keep alive.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Eric Sandeen <sandeen@sandeen.net>
The patch changes the line discipline name registered in include/linux/tty.h
and updates the ams-delta machine driver to use it.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Krzysztofik <jkrzyszt@tis.icnet.pl>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
dev_queue_xmit enqueue's a skb and calls qdisc_run which
dequeue's the skb and xmits it. In most cases, the skb that
is enqueue'd is the same one that is dequeue'd (unless the
queue gets stopped or multiple cpu's write to the same queue
and ends in a race with qdisc_run). For default qdiscs, we
can remove the redundant enqueue/dequeue and simply xmit the
skb since the default qdisc is work-conserving.
The patch uses a new flag - TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS to identify the
default fast queue. The controversial part of the patch is
incrementing qlen when a skb is requeued - this is to avoid
checks like the second line below:
+ } else if ((q->flags & TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS) && !qdisc_qlen(q) &&
>> !q->gso_skb &&
+ !test_and_set_bit(__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING, &q->state)) {
Results of a 2 hour testing for multiple netperf sessions (1,
2, 4, 8, 12 sessions on a 4 cpu system-X). The BW numbers are
aggregate Mb/s across iterations tested with this version on
System-X boxes with Chelsio 10gbps cards:
----------------------------------
Size | ORG BW NEW BW |
----------------------------------
128K | 156964 159381 |
256K | 158650 162042 |
----------------------------------
Changes from ver1:
1. Move sch_direct_xmit declaration from sch_generic.h to
pkt_sched.h
2. Update qdisc basic statistics for direct xmit path.
3. Set qlen to zero in qdisc_reset.
4. Changed some function names to more meaningful ones.
Signed-off-by: Krishna Kumar <krkumar2@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend set_tdm_slot to allow the user to arbitrarily set the frame width
and active TX/RX slots.
Updates magician.c and wm9081.c for the new set_tdm_slot(). wm9081.c
still doesn't handle the slot_width override.
While being there, correct an incorrect use of SlotsPerFrm(7) use in
bitmask on pxa-ssp.c (SSCR0_SlotsPerFrm(x) is (((x) - 1) << 24)) ).
(this series is meant for Mark's for-2.6.32 branch)
Signed-off-by: Daniel Ribeiro <drwyrm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
kmem_cache_init_late() has been declared in slab.h
CC: Nick Piggin <npiggin@suse.de>
CC: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
CC: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
cryptd_alloc_ahash() will allocate a cryptd-ed ahash for specified
algorithm name. The new allocated one is guaranteed to be cryptd-ed
ahash, so the shash underlying can be gotten via cryptd_ahash_child().
Signed-off-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Remove assumption on the shift and size of rows/columns form
matrix_keypad driver.
Signed-off-by: Eric Miao <eric.y.miao@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Not all tracepoints are created equal, in specific the ftrace
tracepoints are created with TRACE_EVENT_FORMAT() which does
not generate the needed bits to tie them into perf counters.
For those events, don't create the 'id' file and fail
->profile_enable when their ID is specified through other
means.
Reported-by: Chris Mason <chris.mason@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
LKML-Reference: <1249497664.5890.4.camel@laptop>
[ v2: fix build error in the !CONFIG_EVENT_PROFILE case ]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Currently SELinux enforcement of controls on the ability to map low memory
is determined by the mmap_min_addr tunable. This patch causes SELinux to
ignore the tunable and instead use a seperate Kconfig option specific to how
much space the LSM should protect.
The tunable will now only control the need for CAP_SYS_RAWIO and SELinux
permissions will always protect the amount of low memory designated by
CONFIG_LSM_MMAP_MIN_ADDR.
This allows users who need to disable the mmap_min_addr controls (usual reason
being they run WINE as a non-root user) to do so and still have SELinux
controls preventing confined domains (like a web server) from being able to
map some area of low memory.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Currently we duplicate the mmap_min_addr test in cap_file_mmap and in
security_file_mmap if !CONFIG_SECURITY. This patch moves cap_file_mmap
into commoncap.c and then calls that function directly from
security_file_mmap ifndef CONFIG_SECURITY like all of the other capability
checks are done.
Signed-off-by: Eric Paris <eparis@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
This sockopt goes in line with SO_TYPE and SO_PROTOCOL. It makes it
possible for userspace programs to pass around file descriptors — I
am referring to arguments-to-functions, but it may even work for the
fd passing over UNIX sockets — without needing to also pass the
auxiliary information (PF_INET6/IPPROTO_TCP).
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Similar to SO_TYPE returning the socket type, SO_PROTOCOL allows to
retrieve the protocol used with a given socket.
I am not quite sure why we have that-many copies of socket.h, and why
the values are not the same on all arches either, but for where hex
numbers dominate, I use 0x1029 for SO_PROTOCOL as that seems to be
the next free unused number across a bunch of operating systems, or
so Google results make me want to believe. SO_PROTOCOL for others
just uses the next free Linux number, 38.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
String literals are constant, and usually, we can also tag the array
of pointers const too, moving it to the .rodata section.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
kvm_notify_acked_irq does not check irq type, so that it sometimes
interprets msi vector as irq. As a result, ack notifiers are not
called, which typially hangs the guest. The fix is to track and
check irq type.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty-2.6:
tty-ldisc: be more careful in 'put_ldisc' locking
tty-ldisc: turn ldisc user count into a proper refcount
tty-ldisc: make refcount be atomic_t 'users' count
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-2.6-block:
Make SCSI SG v4 driver enabled by default and remove EXPERIMENTAL dependency, since udev depends on BSG
block: Update topology documentation
block: Stack optimal I/O size
block: Add a wrapper for setting minimum request size without a queue
block: Make blk_queue_stack_limits use the new stacking interface
* 'perfcounters-fixes-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip:
perf_counter: Set the CONFIG_PERF_COUNTERS default to y if CONFIG_PROFILING=y
perf: Fix read buffer overflow
perf top: Add mwait_idle_with_hints to skip_symbols[]
perf tools: Fix faulty check
perf report: Update for the new FORK/EXIT events
perf_counter: Full task tracing
perf_counter: Collapse inherit on read()
tracing, perf_counter: Add help text to CONFIG_EVENT_PROFILE
perf_counter tools: Fix link errors with older toolchains
This is pure preparation of changing the ldisc reference counting to be
a true refcount that defines the lifetime of the ldisc. But this is a
purely syntactic change for now to make the next steps easier.
This patch should make no semantic changes at all. But I wanted to make
the ldisc refcount be an atomic (I will be touching it without locks
soon enough), and I wanted to rename it so that there isn't quite as
much confusion between 'ldo->refcount' (ldisk operations refcount) and
'ld->refcount' (ldisc refcount itself) in the same file.
So it's now an atomic 'ld->users' count. It still starts at zero,
despite having a reference from 'tty->ldisc', but that will change once
we turn it into a _real_ refcount.
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Tested-by: OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp>
Tested-by: Sergey Senozhatsky <sergey.senozhatsky@mail.by>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
When an interface is configured in the AP mode, the mac80211
implementation doesn't inform the driver to receive PS Poll frames.
It leads to inability to communicate with power-saving stations
reliably.
The FIF_CONTROL flag isn't passed by mac80211 to
ieee80211_ops.configure_filter when an interface is in the AP mode.
And it's ok, because we don't want to receive ACK frames and other
control ones, but only PS Poll ones.
This patch introduces the FIF_PSPOLL filter flag in addition to
FIF_CONTROL, which means for the driver "pass PS Poll frames".
This flag is passed to the driver:
A) When an interface is configured in the AP mode.
B) In all cases, when the FIF_CONTROL flag was passed earlier (in
addition to it).
Signed-off-by: Igor Perminov <igor.perminov@inbox.ru>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Althoug GPS is a technology w/o transmitting radio
and thus not a primary candidate for rfkill switch,
rfkill gives unified interface point for devices with
wireless technology.
The input key is not supplied as it is too be deprecated.
Cc: johannes@sipsolutions.net
Signed-off-by: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the bss is always set now once we are connected, if the
bss has its own information element we refer to it and pass that
instead of relying on mac80211's parsing.
Now all cfg80211 drivers get country IE support, automatically and
we reduce the call overhead that we had on mac80211 which called this
upon every beacon and instead now call this only upon a successfull
connection by a STA on cfg80211.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add handling for 802.11 specific rndis indications.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow rndis_wlan to see all indications. Currently rndis_host lets rndis_wlan to
know about link state changes only, but there is whole set of other
802.11-specific indications that rndis_wlan should handle properly. So rename
link_change() to indication() and convert rndis_wlan to use it.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Cc: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
rndis_wlan devices freeze after running usbnet_stop several times. It appears
that firmware freezes in state where it does not respond to any RNDIS commands
and device have to be physically unplugged/replugged. This patch lets
minidrivers to disable unlink_urbs on usbnet_stop through new info flag.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Cc: David Brownell <dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The mac80211 workqueue exists to enable mac80211 and drivers
to queue their own work on a single threaded workqueue. mac80211
takes care to flush the workqueue during suspend but we never
really had requirements on drivers for how they should use
the workqueue in consideration for suspend.
We extend mac80211 to document how the mac80211 workqueue should
be used, how it should not be used and finally move raw access to
the workqueue to mac80211 only. Drivers and mac80211 use helpers
to queue work onto the mac80211 workqueue:
* ieee80211_queue_work()
* ieee80211_queue_delayed_work()
These helpers will now warn if mac80211 already completed its
suspend cycle and someone is trying to queue work. mac80211
flushes the mac80211 workqueue prior to suspend a few times,
but we haven't taken the care to ensure drivers won't add more
work after suspend. To help with this we add a warning when
someone tries to add work and mac80211 already completed the
suspend cycle.
Drivers should ensure they cancel any work or delayed work
in the mac80211 stop() callback.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Namely "brightness", "contrast" and "flicker reduction".
Signed-off-by: Francisco Jerez <currojerez@riseup.net>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
The existing TV connector types are often unsuitable either because
there is no way to probe them until they're actually plugged in or
because they can change during run time (e.g. 7-pin DIN connectors
that behave as S-Video, Component, Composite or SCART depending on the
adaptor plugged in).
Signed-off-by: Francisco Jerez <currojerez@riseup.net>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Define some helper functions to make easier to detach a KMS encoder
implementation from the drm module of the GPU it's used in. This is
mainly useful for some external I2C encoders known to be present on
cards with GPUs from several different manufacturers.
Signed-off-by: Francisco Jerez <currojerez@riseup.net>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Add the explanation about DRM debug level in the drmP header file. This is to
explain how/where to use the different DRM debug level.
Signed-off-by: Zhao Yakui <yakui.zhao@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Two macro definitions of DRM_DEBUG_KMS/MODE can be used to add the debug
info related with KMS. It is confusing.
So remove the macro definition of DRM_DEBUG_MODE. Instead it can be replaced
by the DRM_DEBUG_KMS.
Signed-off-by: Zhao Yakui <yakui.zhao@intel.com>
Acked-by: Ian Romanick <ian.d.romanick@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
We will have to add a prefix when using the macro defintion of DRM_DEBUG_KMS
/DRM_DEBUG_DRIVER/MODE. It is not convenient. We should use the DRM_NAME
as default prefix.
So remove the prefix in the macro definition of DRM_DEBUG_KMS/DRIVER/MODE.
Signed-off-by: Zhao Yakui <yakui.zhao@intel.com>
Acked-by: Ian Romanick <ian.d.romanick@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
A regression was added through patch a4ed90d6:
"cfg80211: respect API on orig_flags on channel for beacon hint"
We did indeed respect _orig flags but the intention was not clearly
stated in the commit log. This patch fixes firmware issues picked
up by iwlwifi when we lift passive scan of beaconing restrictions
on channels its EEPROM has been configured to always enable.
By doing so though we also disallowed beacon hints on devices
registering their wiphy with custom world regulatory domains
enabled, this happens to be currently ath5k, ath9k and ar9170.
The passive scan and beacon restrictions on those devices would
never be lifted even if we did find a beacon and the hardware did
support such enhancements when world roaming.
Since Johannes indicates iwlwifi firmware cannot be changed to
allow beacon hinting we set up a flag now to specifically allow
drivers to disable beacon hints for devices which cannot use them.
We enable the flag on iwlwifi to disable beacon hints and by default
enable it for all other drivers. It should be noted beacon hints lift
passive scan flags and beacon restrictions when we receive a beacon from
an AP on any 5 GHz non-DFS channels, and channels 12-14 on the 2.4 GHz
band. We don't bother with channels 1-11 as those channels are allowed
world wide.
This should fix world roaming for ath5k, ath9k and ar9170, thereby
improving scan time when we receive the first beacon from any AP,
and also enabling beaconing operation (AP/IBSS/Mesh) on cards which
would otherwise not be allowed to do so. Drivers not using custom
regulatory stuff (wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()) were not affected
by this as the orig_flags for the channels would have been cleared
upon wiphy registration.
I tested this with a world roaming ath5k card.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
rfcomm tty may be used before rfcomm_tty_driver initilized,
The problem is that now socket layer init before tty layer, if userspace
program do socket callback right here then oops will happen.
reporting in:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-bluetooth&m=124404919324542&w=2
make 3 changes:
1. remove #ifdef in rfcomm/core.c,
make it blank function when rfcomm tty not selected in rfcomm.h
2. tune the rfcomm_init error patch to ensure
tty driver initilized before rfcomm socket usage.
3. remove __exit for rfcomm_cleanup_sockets
because above change need call it in a __init function.
Reported-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <oliver@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Dave Young <hidave.darkstar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DECLARE/DEFINE_PER_CPU_PAGE_ALIGNED() put percpu variables in
.page_aligned section without adding any alignment restrictions.
Currently, this doesn't cause any problem because all users of the
macros have explicit page alignment and page-sized but it's much safer
to enforce page alignment from the macros. After all, it's what they
claim to do.
Add __aligned(PAGE_SIZE) to DECLARE/DEFINE_PER_CPU_PAGE_ALIGNED() and
drop explicit alignment from it users.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@zytor.com>
As part of this refactoring the type of the CODEC hw_read operation
is changed to match the regular read operation.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
While writes tend to be able to use a fairly bus independant format to
do the writes reads are all bus specific. To allow us to factor out
this code include the bus type as a parameter when setting up the
cache.
Initially just use this to factor out hw_write_t for I2C.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The patch fixes a bug when converting dev to mtd_info by using the
drvdata of the dev, the previous code used
container_of(dev, struct mtd_info, dev), but won't work for the mtdXro
devices as they created without being contained inside mtd_info structure.
Signed-off-by: Saeed Bishara <saeed@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
When declaring static MTD partitions in board specific code, only
including <include/linux/mtd/partitions.h> should suffice without
gcc nagging us with:
In file included from arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/sheevaplug-setup.c:14:
include/linux/mtd/partitions.h:50: warning: 'struct mtd_info' declared inside parameter list
include/linux/mtd/partitions.h:50: warning: its scope is only this definition or declaration, which is probably not what you want
include/linux/mtd/partitions.h:51: warning: 'struct mtd_info' declared inside parameter list
include/linux/mtd/partitions.h:61: warning: 'struct mtd_info' declared inside parameter list
include/linux/mtd/partitions.h:67: warning: 'struct mtd_info' declared inside parameter list
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Pitre <nico@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
For powerpc with CONFIG_VIRT_CPU_ACCOUNTING
jiffies_to_cputime(1) is not compile time constant and run time
calculations are quite expensive. To optimize we use
precomputed value. For all other architectures is is
preprocessor definition.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
LKML-Reference: <1248862529-6063-5-git-send-email-sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Measure ITIMER_PROF and ITIMER_VIRT timers interval error
between real ticks and requested by user. Take it into account
when scheduling next tick.
This patch introduce possibility where time between two
consecutive tics is smaller then requested interval, it
preserve however dependency that n tick is generated not
earlier than n*interval time - counting from the beginning of
periodic signal generation.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
LKML-Reference: <1248862529-6063-3-git-send-email-sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Both cpu itimers have same data flow in the few places, this
patch make unification of code related with VIRT and PROF
itimers.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Acked-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
LKML-Reference: <1248862529-6063-2-git-send-email-sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
New driver hooks for support graphics memory dma remapping
are introduced in this patch. It makes generic code can
tell if current device needs dma remapping, then call driver
provided interfaces for mapping and unmapping. Change has
also been made to handle scratch_page in remapping case.
Signed-off-by: Zhenyu Wang <zhenyu.z.wang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
As Andrew noted, my previous patch ("debug lockups: Improve lockup
detection") broke/removed SysRq-L support from architecture that do
not provide a __trigger_all_cpu_backtrace implementation.
Restore a fallback path and clean up the SysRq-L machinery a bit:
- Rename the arch method to arch_trigger_all_cpu_backtrace()
- Simplify the define
- Document the method a bit - in the hope of more architectures
adding support for it.
[ The patch touches Sparc code for the rename. ]
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
LKML-Reference: <20090802140809.7ec4bb6b.akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Current neigh_periodic_timer() function is fired by timer IRQ, and
scans one hash bucket each round (very litle work in fact)
As we are supposed to scan whole hash table in 15 seconds, this means
neigh_periodic_timer() can be fired very often. (depending on the number
of concurrent hash entries we stored in this table)
Converting this to a workqueue permits scanning whole table, minimizing
icache pollution, and firing this work every 15 seconds, independantly
of hash table size.
This 15 seconds delay is not a hard number, as work is a deferrable one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since pr_err and friends are used instead of printk there is no point
in keeping IP_VS_ERR and friends. Furthermore make use of '__func__'
instead of hard coded function names.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <heder@google.com>
Acked-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We still can apply DaveM's generation count optimization to
BFS, based on the following idea:
- before doing each BFS, increase the global generation id
by 1
- if one node in the graph has been visited, mark it as
visited by storing the current global generation id into
the node's dep_gen_id field
- so we can decide if one node has been visited already, by
comparing the node's dep_gen_id with the global generation id.
By applying DaveM's generation count optimization to current
implementation of BFS, we gain the following advantages:
- we save MAX_LOCKDEP_ENTRIES/8 bytes memory;
- we remove the bitmap_zero(bfs_accessed, MAX_LOCKDEP_ENTRIES);
in each BFS, which is very time-consuming since
MAX_LOCKDEP_ENTRIES may be very large.(16384UL)
Signed-off-by: Ming Lei <tom.leiming@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
LKML-Reference: <1248274089-6358-1-git-send-email-tom.leiming@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
spin_lock_nest_lock() allows to take many instances of the same
class, this can easily lead to overflow of MAX_LOCK_DEPTH.
To avoid this overflow, we'll stop accounting instances but
start reference counting the class in the held_lock structure.
[ We could maintain a list of instances, if we'd move the hlock
stuff into __lock_acquired(), but that would require
significant modifications to the current code. ]
We restrict this mode to spin_lock_nest_lock() only, because it
degrades the lockdep quality due to lost of instance.
For lockstat this means we don't track lock statistics for any
but the first lock in the series.
Currently nesting is limited to 11 bits because that was the
spare space available in held_lock. This yields a 2048
instances maximium.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Add a lockdep helper to validate that we indeed are the owner
of a lock.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
We currently have an explicit "needs_post" vtable method which
returns a stack variable for whether we should later run
post-schedule. This leads to an awkward exchange of the
variable as it bubbles back up out of the context switch. Peter
Zijlstra observed that this information could be stored in the
run-queue itself instead of handled on the stack.
Therefore, we revert to the method of having context_switch
return void, and update an internal rq->post_schedule variable
when we require further processing.
In addition, we fix a race condition where we try to access
current->sched_class without holding the rq->lock. This is
technically racy, as the sched-class could change out from
under us. Instead, we reference the per-rq post_schedule
variable with the runqueue unlocked, but with preemption
disabled to see if we need to reacquire the rq->lock.
Finally, we clean the code up slightly by removing the #ifdef
CONFIG_SMP conditionals from the schedule() call, and implement
some inline helper functions instead.
This patch passes checkpatch, and rt-migrate.
Signed-off-by: Gregory Haskins <ghaskins@novell.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
LKML-Reference: <20090729150422.17691.55590.stgit@dev.haskins.net>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The might_sleep() test inside cond_resched_lock() assumes the
spinlock is held and then preemption is disabled. This is true
with CONFIG_PREEMPT but the preempt_count() doesn't change
otherwise.
Check by starting from the appropriate preempt offset depending
on the config.
Reported-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
LKML-Reference: <1248458723-12146-1-git-send-email-fweisbec@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
In order to be able to distinguish between no samples due to
inactivity and no samples due to task ended, Arjan asked for
PERF_EVENT_EXIT events. This is useful to the boot delay
instrumentation (bootchart) app.
This patch changes the PERF_EVENT_FORK to be emitted on every
clone, and adds PERF_EVENT_EXIT to be emitted on task exit,
after the task's counters have been closed.
This task tracing is controlled through: attr.comm || attr.mmap
and through the new attr.task field.
Suggested-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Paul Mackerras <paulus@samba.org>
Cc: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
[ cleaned up perf_counter.h a bit ]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Introduce blk_limits_io_min() and make blk_queue_io_min() call it.
Signed-off-by: Mike Snitzer <snitzer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Martin K. Petersen <martin.petersen@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jens.axboe@oracle.com>
This patch adds new line discipline name an number to include/linux/tty.h. The
line discipline will be used by the Amstrad E3 (Delta) sound driver that will
come next in this series of patches.
Created against linux-2.6.31-rc3.
Applies to linux-omap-2.6 commit 7c5cb7862d32cb344be7831d466535d5255e35ac as
well.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Krzysztofik <jkrzyszt@tis.icnet.pl>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-2.6-block:
io context: fix ref counting
block: make the end_io functions be non-GPL exports
block: fix improper kobject release in blk_integrity_unregister
block: always assign default lock to queues
mg_disk: Add missing ready status check on mg_write()
mg_disk: fix issue with data integrity on error in mg_write()
mg_disk: fix reading invalid status when use polling driver
mg_disk: remove prohibited sleep operation
This helps CODECs with sparse register maps work better with the
register cache display interface.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
To fix the common case where ->enable() does not set up
mult, make sure mult_orig is saved in mult on disable.
Also add comments to explain why we do this.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Damm <damm@igel.co.jp>
Cc: johnstul@us.ibm.com
Cc: lethal@linux-sh.org
Cc: akpm@linux-foundation.org
LKML-Reference: <20090618152432.10136.9932.sendpatchset@rx1.opensource.se>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
the code allready uses flush_kernel_dcache_page(). This patch updates the
driver to the recent sg API changes which require that either SG_MITER_TO_SG
or SG_MITER_FROM_SG is set. SG_MITER_TO_SG calls flush_kernel_dcache_page()
in sg_mitter_stop()
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc>
Acked-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <pierre@ossman.eu>
sg_miter_start() is currently unaware of the direction of the copy
process (to or from the scatter list). It is important to know the
direction because the page has to be flushed in case the data written
is seen on a different mapping in user land on cache incoherent
architectures.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc>
Acked-by: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Pierre Ossman <pierre@ossman.eu>
Choose saner defaults for xfrm[4|6] gc_thresh values on init
Currently, the xfrm[4|6] code has hard-coded initial gc_thresh values
(set to 1024). Given that the ipv4 and ipv6 routing caches are sized
dynamically at boot time, the static selections can be non-sensical.
This patch dynamically selects an appropriate gc threshold based on
the corresponding main routing table size, using the assumption that
we should in the worst case be able to handle as many connections as
the routing table can.
For ipv4, the maximum route cache size is 16 * the number of hash
buckets in the route cache. Given that xfrm4 starts garbage
collection at the gc_thresh and prevents new allocations at 2 *
gc_thresh, we set gc_thresh to half the maximum route cache size.
For ipv6, its a bit trickier. there is no maximum route cache size,
but the ipv6 dst_ops gc_thresh is statically set to 1024. It seems
sane to select a simmilar gc_thresh for the xfrm6 code that is half
the number of hash buckets in the v6 route cache times 16 (like the v4
code does).
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Header to define the standard registers for an
PL093 SSMC memory controller.
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben@simtec.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben-linux@fluff.org>
This adds a function that indicates that a battery is fully charged.
It also includes functions to get a power_supply device from the class
of registered devices by name reference. These can be used to find a
specific battery to call power_supply_set_battery_charged() on.
Some battery drivers might need this information to calibrate
themselves.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
Cc: Ian Molton <spyro@f2s.com>
Cc: Anton Vorontsov <cbou@mail.ru>
Cc: Matt Reimer <mreimer@vpop.net>
Signed-off-by: Anton Vorontsov <cbouatmailru@gmail.com>
I've been doing this for years, and akpm picked me up on it about 12
months ago. lguest partly serves as example code, so let's do it Right.
Also, remove two unused fields in struct vblk_info in the example launcher.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
I don't really notice it (except to begrudge the extra vertical
space), but Ingo does. And he pointed out that one excuse of lguest
is as a teaching tool, it should set a good example.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Once a structure goes over PAGE_SIZE*2, we see occasional allocation
failures. Some people have chosen to switch over to things like vmalloc()
that will let them keep array-like access to such a large structures.
But, vmalloc() has plenty of downsides.
Here's an alternative. I think it's what Andrew was suggesting here:
http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/7/2/518
I call it a flexible array. It does all of its work in PAGE_SIZE bits, so
never does an order>0 allocation. The base level has
PAGE_SIZE-2*sizeof(int) bytes of storage for pointers to the second level.
So, with a 32-bit arch, you get about 4MB (4183112 bytes) of total
storage when the objects pack nicely into a page. It is half that on
64-bit because the pointers are twice the size. There's a table detailing
this in the code.
There are kerneldocs for the functions, but here's an
overview:
flex_array_alloc() - dynamically allocate a base structure
flex_array_free() - free the array and all of the
second-level pages
flex_array_free_parts() - free the second-level pages, but
not the base (for static bases)
flex_array_put() - copy into the array at the given index
flex_array_get() - copy out of the array at the given index
flex_array_prealloc() - preallocate the second-level pages
between the given indexes to
guarantee no allocs will occur at
put() time.
We could also potentially just pass the "element_size" into each of the
API functions instead of storing it internally. That would get us one
more base pointer on 32-bit.
I've been testing this by running it in userspace. The header and patch
that I've been using are here, as well as the little script I'm using to
generate the size table which goes in the kerneldocs.
http://sr71.net/~dave/linux/flexarray/
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: coding-style fixes]
Signed-off-by: Dave Hansen <dave@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Found with make headers_check
/usr/include/linux/pps.h:52: found __[us]{8,16,32,64} type without #include <linux/types.h>
Signed-off-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Cc: Rodolfo Giometti <giometti@linux.it>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
After commit ec64f51545 ("cgroup: fix
frequent -EBUSY at rmdir"), cgroup's rmdir (especially against memcg)
doesn't return -EBUSY by temporary ref counts. That commit expects all
refs after pre_destroy() is temporary but...it wasn't. Then, rmdir can
wait permanently. This patch tries to fix that and change followings.
- set CGRP_WAIT_ON_RMDIR flag before pre_destroy().
- clear CGRP_WAIT_ON_RMDIR flag when the subsys finds racy case.
if there are sleeping ones, wakes them up.
- rmdir() sleeps only when CGRP_WAIT_ON_RMDIR flag is set.
Tested-by: Daisuke Nishimura <nishimura@mxp.nes.nec.co.jp>
Reported-by: Daisuke Nishimura <nishimura@mxp.nes.nec.co.jp>
Reviewed-by: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Acked-by: Balbir Sigh <balbir@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The bug was introduced by commit cc31edceee
("cgroups: convert tasks file to use a seq_file with shared pid array").
We cache a pid array for all threads that are opening the same "tasks"
file, but the pids in the array are always from the namespace of the
last process that opened the file, so all other threads will read pids
from that namespace instead of their own namespaces.
To fix it, we maintain a list of pid arrays, which is keyed by pid_ns.
The list will be of length 1 at most time.
Reported-by: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Idea-by: Paul Menage <menage@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Serge Hallyn <serue@us.ibm.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <balbir@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Since we now have handlers IWESSID for all modes, we can
combine them into one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we now have IWAP handlers for all modes, we can
combine them into one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Until now we implemented iwfreq for managed mode, we
needed to keep the implementations separate, but now
that we have all versions implemented we can combine
them and export just one handler.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* 'drm-radeon-kms' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/airlied/drm-2.6: (35 commits)
drm/radeon: set fb aperture sizes for framebuffer handoff.
drm/ttm: fix highuser vs dma32 confusion.
drm/radeon: Fix size used for benchmarking BO copies.
drm/radeon: Add radeon.test parameter for running BO GPU copy tests.
drm/radeon/kms: allow interruptible waits for objects.
drm/ttm: powerpc: Fix Highmem cache flushing.
x86: Export kmap_atomic_prot() needed for TTM.
drm/ttm: Fix ttm in-kernel copying of pages with non-standard caching attributes.
drm/ttm: Fix an oops and sync object leak.
drm/radeon/kms: vram sizing on certain r100 chips needs workaround.
drm/radeon: Pay more attention to object placement requested by userspace.
drm/radeon: Fall back to evicting BOs with memcpy if necessary.
drm/radeon: Don't unreserve twice on failure to validate.
drm/radeon/kms: fix bandwidth computation on avivo hardware
drm/radeon/kms: add initial colortiling support.
drm/radeon/kms: fix hotspot handling on pre-avivo chips
drm/radeon/kms: enable frac fb divs on rs600/rs690/rs740
drm/radeon/kms: add PLL flag to prefer frequencies <= the target freq
drm/radeon/kms: block RN50 from using 3D engine.
drm/radeon/kms: fix VRAM sizing like DDX does it.
...
* 'upstream-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jgarzik/libata-dev:
libata: accept late unlocking of HPA
libata: Updates and fixes for pata_at91 driver
ata_piix: Add new short cable ID
ata_piix: Add new laptop short cable IDs
ahci: add device IDs for Ibex Peak ahci controllers
libata: remove superfluous NULL pointer checks
libata: add missing NULL pointer check to ata_eh_reset()
pata_pcmcia: add CNF-CDROM-ID
We really don't want to mark the pty as a low-latency device, because as
Alan points out, the ->write method can be called from an IRQ (ppp?),
and that means we can't use ->low_latency=1 as we take mutexes in the
low_latency case.
So rather than using low_latency to force the written data to be pushed
to the ldisc handling at 'write()' time, just make the reader side (or
the poll function) do the flush when it checks whether there is data to
be had.
This also fixes the problem with lost data in an emacs compile buffer
(bugzilla 13815), and we can thus revert the low_latency pty hack
(commit 3a54297478: "pty: quickfix for the
pty ENXIO timing problems").
Signed-off-by: OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp>
Tested-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
[ Modified to do the tty_flush_to_ldisc() inside input_available_p() so
that it triggers for both read and poll() - Linus]
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Create bdgrab(). This function copies an existing reference to a
block_device. It is safe to call from any context.
Hibernation code wishes to copy a reference to the active swap device.
Right now it calls bdget() under a spinlock, but this is wrong because
bdget() can sleep. It doesn't need a full bdget() because we already
hold a reference to active swap devices (and the spinlock protects
against swapoff).
Fixes http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=13827
Signed-off-by: Alan Jenkins <alan-jenkins@tuffmail.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
This adds new set/get tiling interfaces where the pitch
and macro/micro tiling enables can be set. Along with
a flag to decide if this object should have a surface when mapped.
The only thing we need to allocate with a mapped surface should be
the frontbuffer. Note rotate scanout shouldn't require one, and
back/depth shouldn't either, though mesa needs some fixes.
It fixes the TTM interfaces along Thomas's suggestions, and I've tested
the surface stealing code with two X servers and not seen any lockdep issues.
I've stopped tiling the fbcon frontbuffer, as I don't see there being
any advantage other than testing, I've left the testing commands in there,
just flip the fb_tiled to true in radeon_fb.c
Open: Can we integrate endian swapping in with this?
Future features:
texture tiling - need to relocate texture registers TXOFFSET* with tiling info.
This also merges Michel's cleanup surfaces regs at init time patch
even though it makes sense on its own, this patch really relies on it.
Some PowerMac firmwares set up a tiling surface at the beginning of VRAM
which messes us up otherwise.
that patch is:
Signed-off-by: Michel Dänzer <daenzer@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
On certain configurations, HPA isn't or can't be unlocked during
probing but it somehow ends up unlocked afterwards. In the following
thread, the problem can be reliably reproduced after resuming from
STR. The BIOS turns on HPA during boot but forgets to do it during
resume.
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel/858310
This patch updates libata revalidation such that it considers native
n_sectors. If the device size has increased to match native
n_sectors, it's assumed that HPA has been unlocked involuntarily and
the device is recognized as the same one. This should be fairly safe
while nicely working around the problem.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Reported-by: Christof Warlich <christof@warlich.name>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
Instead of trying to share the generic 4.1 reply cache code for the
CREATE_SESSION reply cache, it's simpler to handle CREATE_SESSION
separately.
The nfs41 single slot clientid DRC holds the results of create session
processing. CREATE_SESSION can be preceeded by a SEQUENCE operation
(an embedded CREATE_SESSION) and the create session single slot cache must be
maintained. nfsd4_replay_cache_entry() and nfsd4_store_cache_entry() do not
implement the replay of an embedded CREATE_SESSION.
The clientid DRC slot does not need the inuse, cachethis or other fields that
the multiple slot session cache uses. Replace the clientid DRC cache struct
nfs4_slot cache with a new nfsd4_clid_slot cache. Save the xdr struct
nfsd4_create_session into the cache at the end of processing, and on a replay,
replace the struct for the replay request with the cached version all while
under the state lock.
nfsd4_proc_compound will handle both the solo and embedded CREATE_SESSION case
via the normal use of encode_operation.
Errors that do not change the create session cache:
A create session NFS4ERR_STALE_CLIENTID error means that a client record
(and associated create session slot) could not be found and therefore can't
be changed. NFSERR_SEQ_MISORDERED errors do not change the slot cache.
All other errors get cached.
Remove the clientid DRC specific check in nfs4svc_encode_compoundres to
put the session only if cstate.session is set which will now always be true.
Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
NFSD_SLOT_CACHE_SIZE is the size of all encoded operation responses
(excluding the sequence operation) that we want to cache.
For now, keep NFSD_SLOT_CACHE_SIZE at PAGE_SIZE. It will be reduced
when the DRC is changed from page based to memory based.
Signed-off-by: Andy Adamson <andros@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@citi.umich.edu>
This converts swiotlb to use phys_to_dma and dma_to_phys instead of
swiotlb_phys_to_bus() and swiotlb_bus_to_phys().
swiotlb_phys_to_bus() and swiotlb_bus_to_phys() are not necessary so
this patch also removes them.
Signed-off-by: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Acked-by: Becky Bruce <beckyb@kernel.crashing.org>
is_buffer_dma_capable() was replaced with dma_capable().
is_buffer_dma_capable() tells if a buffer is dma-capable or
not. However, it doesn't take a pointer to struct device so it doesn't
work for POWERPC.
Signed-off-by: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
Acked-by: Becky Bruce <beckyb@kernel.crashing.org>
